EP3066090A1 - 4-(indol-3-yl)-pyrazole derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use - Google Patents

4-(indol-3-yl)-pyrazole derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use

Info

Publication number
EP3066090A1
EP3066090A1 EP14796082.7A EP14796082A EP3066090A1 EP 3066090 A1 EP3066090 A1 EP 3066090A1 EP 14796082 A EP14796082 A EP 14796082A EP 3066090 A1 EP3066090 A1 EP 3066090A1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
pyrazol
fluoro
indol
indole
piperidin
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Withdrawn
Application number
EP14796082.7A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Stefano Crosignani
Sandra CAUWENBERGHS
Frederik Deroose
Gregory DRIESSENS
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Iteos Belgium SA
Original Assignee
Iteos Therapeutics SA
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US14/076,016 external-priority patent/US9126984B2/en
Application filed by Iteos Therapeutics SA filed Critical Iteos Therapeutics SA
Priority to EP14796082.7A priority Critical patent/EP3066090A1/en
Publication of EP3066090A1 publication Critical patent/EP3066090A1/en
Withdrawn legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24—Antidepressants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel 4-(indol-3-yl)-pyrazole derivatives, including pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof.
  • Compounds of the invention are inhibitors of TD02 (tryptophan 2,3-dioxygenase) and are useful as therapeutic compounds, particularly in the treatment and/or prevention of cancers.
  • tryptophan an essential amino acid, is catabolized in the local microenvironment of tumors, immune- privileged sites, or sites of inflammation (Mellor AL and Munn DH., Nat Rev Immunol, 2008, 8, 74-80).
  • cancer cells In these tissues, cancer cells, immune cells, or specialized epithelial cells (e.g., syncytiotrophoblasts in the placenta) create an immunosuppressive environment in tumors that shut down antitumor immune responses in tumors and in tumor-draining lymph nodes by inducing T-cell anergy and apoptosis through depletion of tryptophan and accumulation of immunosuppressive tryptophan catabolites (Munn DH et al., J Exp Med., 1999, 189, 1363-1372; Fallarino F et al., Cell Death Differ., 2002, 9, 1069-1077).
  • epithelial cells e.g., syncytiotrophoblasts in the placenta
  • tryptophan 2,3-dioxygenase which is considered responsible for regulating systemic tryptophan levels in the liver, is constitutively expressed in a wide variety of cancers, such as for example in bladder carcinoma, hepatocarcinoma, melanoma,mesothelioma, neuroblastoma, sarcoma, breast carcinoma, leukemia, renal cell carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma, head & neck carcinoma, lung carcinoma, brain tumor, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, myeloma, pancreatic carcinoma (Pilotte L et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 2012, 109(7), 2497-502).
  • TD02 expression in tumor cells prevents tumor surveillance by the immune system and thus prevents tumor rejection by locally degrading tryptophan (Opitz CA et al., Nature, 2011, 478(7368), 197-203).
  • the first evidence for this was provided through inhibition of TD02 by a small molecule which inhibited tumor growth in a P815 mastocytoma tumor model with a prophylactic vaccination approach (Pilotte L et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 2012, 109(7), 2497-502).
  • P815mTD02 expressing tumors were rejected less in comparison to P815 tumors transfected with an empty vector, clearly demonstrating a growth benefit for TD02 expressing tumors.
  • TD02 In line with its expression profile in liver, TD02 was found predominantly in hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) (Pilotte L et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 2012, 109(7), 2497-502). Inhibition of tryptophan catabolism and thus restoration of tryptophan concentration and decreased production of downstream metabolites could prove beneficial in the context of liver disease progressing to the stage of liver carcinoma: (i) several reports have shown evidence that increased availabillity of tryptophan through supplementation is beneficial for eg cirrhotic livers allowing the direct use of tryptophan for protein synthesis (Ohta et al., Amino Acids, 1996, 10(4), 369-78); (ii) there is a correlation between increased downstream serum tryptophan metabolites, such as quinolinic acid, and hepatic dysfunction in patients with liver cirrhosis (Lahdou et al., Hum Immunol, 2013, 74(1), 60-6) (ii
  • RNA expression is a good indication for therapeutic evaluation of TD02 inhibitors (Pilotte L et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 2012, 109(7), 2497-502). The above thus provides a clear rationale for TD02 activity modulation in the control of liver tumor development.
  • TD02 In addition to expression in liver, TD02 is expressed in neurons, microglia and astrocytes and the potential benefit of TD02 inhibition in the context of glioma was shown in another animal model. Platten and collaborators demonstrated that the tryptophan catabolite kynurenine produced by TDO expressed in the tumor cells suppresses antitumour immune responses and promotes tumor-cell survival and motility through the AHR in an autocrine/paracrine fashion (Opitz CA et al., Nature, 2011, 478(7368), 197-203). The TDO-AHR pathway is active in human brain tumours and is associated with malignant progression and poor survival.
  • TD02 mRNA tumor types in which TD02 mRNA was found are breast carcinoma, bladder, renal cell, pancreatic, colorectal, head & neck carcinoma and lung carcinoma as well as melanoma thus broadening the scope of TD02 targeting beyond HCC and glioma (Pilotte L et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 2012, 109(7), 2497-502).
  • tryptophan catabolism in some cancers might be also increased by the expression of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenasel (IDOl) by tumor cells (Uyttenhove, C. et al., Nat. Med., 2003, 9, 1269-1274). Because tryptophan catabolism is induced by inflammatory mediators, notably IFN-gamma, it is thought to represent an endogenous mechanism that restricts excessive immune responses, thereby preventing immunopathology.
  • IDOl indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenasel
  • TD02 inhibitors were proposed in WO2010/008427 and by Dolusic, E. et al. (Dolusic et al., J. Med. Chem., 2011, 54, 5320-5334), however either their affinity for the target is limited, or their pharmacokinetic properties are not suitable for development as a drug for human use. Therefore, there is a need for new TD02 inhibitors with improved efficacy for cancer treatment and/or prevention.
  • the present invention provides new TD02 inhibitors which may be administered to any patient diagnosed with cancer, or any subject being at risk of developing a cancer.
  • This invention relates to compounds of Formula I:
  • X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H, halogen or haloalkyl, preferably H, F or CF 3 , more preferably H or F;
  • M and Q represent each independently H, halogen, hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising halogen, hydroxyl, 1 2 1 2
  • R 1 and R 2 represent each independently a group, optionally substituted, selected from C 1-C6 alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl; preferably M and Q represent each independently H, methyl or CF 3 , more preferably H or methyl;
  • A represents:
  • aryl optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, amido, carboxy, amino, cyano, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, alkyl;
  • heteroaryl optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, amido, carboxy, amino, cyano, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, alkyl; preferably substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl or pyridazine, more preferably substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl;
  • CI -C IO alkyl linear or branched, optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group comprising halogen, hydroxyl, COOR 1 ,
  • R 1 and R 2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group, optionally substituted, selected from C1-C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, amino;
  • heterocyclyl preferably selected from azetidine, piperidine, morpholine, piperazine, tetrahydrofurane, tetrahydropyrane, tetrahydro-thiopyran- dioxide, dioxane, imidazolidinone, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidinone; optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group comprising alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, alkoxy, COOR 1 , COR 1 , CONR ⁇ 2 , NR ⁇ OR 2 , NR X R 2 , S0 2 R ⁇ SOR 1 , wherein R 1 and R 2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optional
  • C1-C3 alkyl-heterocyclyl preferably selected from azetidine, piperidine, morpholine, piperazine, tetrahydrofurane, tetrahydropyrane, tetrahydro- thiopyran-dioxide, dioxane, imidazolidinone, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidinone; wherein both the C1-C3 alkyl and the heterocyclyl are optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group comprising alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, alkoxy, COOR 1 , COR 1 ,
  • R 1 and R2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group, optionally substituted, selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S0 2 Me;
  • cycloalkyl preferably cyclobutane or cyclohexyl, optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group comprising alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, alkoxy, COOR 1 , COR 1 ,
  • R 1 and R2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S0 2 Me;
  • C1-C3 alkyl-cycloalkyl optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group comprising alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, alkoxy, COOR 1 , COR 1 ,
  • R 1 and R 2 represent each independently a group selected from Cl- C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S0 2 Me.
  • compounds of the invention are of Formula I as defined above, under the condition that the compound of Formula I is not:
  • group A is not H. According to a another specific embodiment, when X 1 , X 2 and Q are hydrogen atoms in formula I, then, group A is not H.
  • group A is not an optionally substituted aryl group, more specifically, group A is not an optionally substituted phenyl group.
  • group A is not an optionally substituted aryl group, more specifically, group A is not an optionally substituted phenyl group.
  • group A is not a CI -CIO alkyl, preferably, group A is not a C1-C4 alkyl, more preferably, group A is not methyl, ethyl or butyl.
  • group A is not is not a CI -CIO alkyl, preferably, group A is not a C1-C4 alkyl.
  • group A is not a substituted CI -CIO alkyl, preferably, group A is not a substituted C1-C4 alkyl, more preferably, group A is not a substituted ethyl.
  • group A is not a substituted C1-C10 alkyl, preferably, group A is not a substituted C1-C4 alkyl, more preferably, group A is not a substituted ethyl.
  • preferred compounds of Formula I are those of Formula la:
  • X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H, halogen or haloalkyl, preferably H, F or CF 3 , more preferably H or F;
  • M and Q represent each independently H, halogen, hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising halogen, hydroxyl, CONR 1 R2 , NR 1 COR2 wherein R 1 and R 2 represent each independently a group, optionally substituted, selected from C1-C6 alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl; preferably M and Q represent each independently H, methyl or CF 3 , more preferably H or methyl;
  • Y 1 and Y2 represent each independently CR 7 , N, O, S0 2 , wherein R 7 represents H or hydroxyl;
  • R represents H, alkyl
  • R , R , R and R represent each independently H, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl or 4 4' gether an oxo moiety or 5 5'
  • R and R form to R and R form together an oxo moiety
  • R 6 is absent or represents H, alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, COR 1 , COOR 1 , CONR ⁇ 2 , NR ⁇ OR 2 , NR R 2 , SO 2 R 1 , S0 2 NR 1 R 2 , NR 1 S0 2 R 2 , SOR 1 , wherein R 1 and R 2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S0 2 Me.
  • preferred compounds of Formula I are those of Formula Ia-1:
  • X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H or F;
  • M and Q represent each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halogen;
  • Y represents N or CH
  • R , R , R and R represent each independently H, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl or 4 4' ogether an oxo moiety or 5 5'
  • R and R form t R and R form together an oxo moiety, preferably 4 4' 5 5'
  • R , R , R and R represent H or oxo;
  • R 6 represents H, alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, COOR 1 , COR 1 ,
  • R 1 and R2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S0 2 Me; preferably R 6 represents H, COOH, COMe, CONH 2 , CONHMe.
  • preferred compounds of Formula I are those of Formula Ia-2:
  • X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H or F;
  • M and Q represent each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted one or more alogen;
  • Y represents N or CH; preferably Y is N;
  • R 4 , R 4 ', R 4 ", R 4 '", R 5 , R 5 , R 5 " and R 5 '” represent each independently H, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl or R 4 and R 4' form together an oxo moiety or
  • R and R form together an oxo moiety or R and R form together an oxo
  • R and R form together an oxo moiety, preferably R , R , R , R 4 '", R 5 , R 5 , R 5 " and R 5 "'represent H or oxo;
  • R 6 represents
  • alkyl the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; preferably methyl or -CH 2 - CH 2 -OH;
  • R 1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et, iPr, tBu; cycloalkyl, preferably cyclopropane; alkene, preferably ethylene; amino, preferably NMe 3 ⁇ 4 wherein R 1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, preferably F; hydroxyl; alkoxy, preferably OMe; COOH; amino, preferably NMe 2 or NH 2 ; S0 2 Me;
  • R 1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et, iPr, tBu; cycloalkyl; alkene; amino ; wherein R 1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen; hydroxyl; alkoxy; COOH; amino; S0 2 Me.
  • preferred compounds of Formula I are those of Formula Ia-2:
  • X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H or F;
  • M and Q represent each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted one or more alogen;
  • Y represents N or CH; preferably Y is N; R 4 , R 4 ', R 4 ", R 4 '", R 5 , R 5 , R 5 " and R 5 '” represent each independently H, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl or R 4 and R 4' form together an oxo moiety or
  • R and R form together an oxo moiety or R and R form together an oxo
  • R and R form together an oxo moiety, preferably R , R , R , R 4 '", R 5 , R 5 , R 5 " and R 5 "'represent H or oxo;
  • R 6 represents
  • alkyl the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; preferably methyl or -CH 2 -
  • R 1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et, iPr, tBu; cycloalkyl, preferably cyclopropane; alkene, preferably ethylene; amino, preferably NMe 2; wherein R 1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, preferably F; hydroxyl; alkoxy, preferably OMe; COOH; amino, preferably NMe 2 or NH 2 ; S0 2 Me.
  • preferred compounds of Formula Ia-2 are those of Formula Ia-2' :
  • X 1 and X2 represent each independently H or F; preferably X 1 represents F and X2 represents H;
  • Y represents N or CH; preferably Y is N;
  • R 6 represents
  • alkyl the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; preferably methyl or -CH 2 - CH 2 -OH;
  • R 1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et, nPr, iPr, iBu, tBu; cycloalkyl, preferably cyclopropane; alkene, preferably ethylene; amino, preferably NH 2 , NHMe or NMe 3 ⁇ 4 wherein R 1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, preferably F; hydroxyl; alkoxy, preferably OMe; COOH; amino, preferably NMe 2 or NH 2 ; S0 2 Me.
  • R 6 represents COR 1 or wherein R 1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et, nPr, iPr, iBu, tBu; cycloalkyl, preferably cyclopropane; alkene, preferably ethylene; amino, preferably NH 2 , NHMe or NMe 3 ⁇ 4 wherein R 1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, preferably F; hydroxyl; alkoxy, preferably OMe; COOH; amino, preferably NMe 2 or NH 2 ; S0 2 Me.
  • R 1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et, nPr, iPr, iBu, tBu; cycloalkyl, preferably cyclopropane; alkene, preferably ethylene; amino, preferably NH 2 , NHMe or NMe 3 ⁇ 4 wherein R 1 groups are optionally substituted by one
  • R 6 represents COR 1 , wherein R 1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et or nPr ; wherein R 1 groups are optionally substituted by S0 2 Me.
  • R 6 represents S0 2 R 1 , wherein R 1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et, nPr, iPr, tBu; wherein R 1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, preferably F; hydroxyl; alkoxy, preferably OMe; COOH; amino, preferably NMe 2 or NH 2 ; S0 2 Me.
  • R 1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et, nPr, iPr, tBu
  • R 1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, preferably F; hydroxyl; alkoxy, preferably OMe; COOH; amino, preferably NMe 2 or NH 2 ; S0 2 Me.
  • preferred compounds of Formula I are those of Formula Ia-3:
  • X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H or F;
  • M and Q represent each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted one or more halogen;
  • Y represents N or CH; preferably Y is N;
  • R 6 represents
  • alkyl the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH;
  • cycloalkyl preferably cyclopropane
  • R 1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably methyl or ethyl; cycloalkyl; alkene; amino ; wherein R 1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen,; hydroxyl; alkoxy; COOH; amino; S0 2 Me.
  • preferred compounds of Formula I are those of Formula lb:
  • X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H, halogen or haloalkyl, preferably H, F or CF 3 , more preferably H or F;
  • M and Q represent each independently H, halogen, hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising halogen, hydroxyl, CONR 1 R2 , NR 1 COR2 wherein R 1 and R 2 represent each independently a group, optionally substituted, selected from C1-C6 alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl; preferably M and Q represent each independently H, methyl or CF 3 , more preferably H or methyl;
  • n an integer equal to 1, 2 or 3, preferably 1 or 2;
  • R represents H, alkyl
  • R represents H, alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, COOH, CONH 2 ; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, COR 1 , COOR 1 ,
  • R 1 and R 2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S0 2 Me.
  • preferred compounds of Formula I are those of Formula Ic:
  • X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H, halogen or haloalkyl, preferably H, F or CF 3 , more preferably H or F;
  • M and Q represent each independently H, halogen, hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted one or more substituents selected from the group comprising halogen, hydroxyl, CONR 1 R1 , NR1 COR2 wherein R 1 and R 2 represent each independently a group, optionally substituted, selected from C1-C6 alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl; preferably M and Q represent each independently H, methyl or CF 3 , more preferably H or methyl;
  • Y 3 , Y 4 , Y 5 represent each independently N or CH;
  • R 9 is absent or represents H; halogen, preferably CI; amino, preferably NH 2 .
  • At least one of Y 3 , Y 4 , Y 5 represent N.
  • Particularly preferred compounds of Formula I of the invention are those listed in Table 1 hereafter.
  • the compounds of Table 1 were named using ChemBioDraw ® Ultra version 12.0 (PerkinElmer).
  • the compounds of Formula I and subformulae thereof may contain an asymmetric center and thus may exist as different stereoisomeric forms. Accordingly, the present invention includes all possible stereoisomers and includes not only racemic compounds but the individual enantiomers and their non-racemic mixtures as well.
  • a compound is desired as a single enantiomer, such may be obtained by stereospecific synthesis, by resolution of the final product or any convenient intermediate, or by chiral chromatographic methods as each are known in the art. Resolution of the final product, an intermediate, or a starting material may be performed by any suitable method known in the art.
  • the compounds of the invention may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of formula I include the acid addition and base salts thereof. Suitable acid addition salts are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts. Examples include the acetate, adipate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bicarbonate/carbonate, bisulphate/sulphate, borate, camsylate, citrate, cyclamate, edisylate, esylate, formate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glucuronate, hexafluorophosphate, hibenzate, hydrochloride/chloride, hydrobromide/bromide, hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, malate, maleate, malonate, mesylate, methylsulphate, naphthylate, 2-napsylate, nicotinate, nitrate, orotate, oxalate
  • Suitable base salts are formed from bases which form non-toxic salts. Examples include the aluminium, arginine, benzathine, calcium, choline, diethylamine, diolamine, glycine, lysine, magnesium, meglumine, olamine, potassium, sodium, tromethamine, 2- (diethylamino)ethanol, ethanolamine, morpholine, 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)morpholine and zinc salts. Hemisalts of acids and bases may also be formed, for example, hemisulphate and hemicalcium salts.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts include hydrochloride/chloride, hydrobromide/bromide, bisulphate/sulphate, nitrate, citrate, and acetate.
  • the compounds of the invention may also form internal salts, and such compounds are within the scope of the invention.
  • the compounds of the invention contain a hydrogen-donating heteroatom (e.g. NH)
  • the invention also covers salts and/or isomers formed by transfer of said hydrogen atom to a basic group or atom within the molecule.
  • compositions of Formula I may be prepared by one or more of these methods:
  • the salt may precipitate from solution and be collected by filtration or may be recovered by evaporation of the solvent.
  • the degree of ionization in the salt may vary from completely ionized to almost non-ionized.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be administered in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt is intended to include all acceptable salts such as acetate, lactobionate, benzenesulfonate, laurate, benzoate, malate, bicarbonate, maleate, bisulfate, mandelate, bitartrate, mesylate, borate, methylbromide, bromide, methylnitrate, calcium edetate, methylsulfate, camsylate, mucate, carbonate, napsylate, chloride, nitrate, clavulanate, N- methylglucamine, citrate, ammonium salt, dihydrochloride, oleate, edetate, oxalate, edisylate, pamoate (embonate), estolate, palmitate, esylate, pantothenate, fumarate, phosphate/diphosphate, gluceptate, polygalacturonate
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include those formed from cations such as sodium, potassium, aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, zinc, and from bases such as ammonia, ethylenediamine, N-methyl-glutamine, lysine, arginine, ornithine, choline, ⁇ , ⁇ '-dibenzylethylene-diamine, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, procaine, N-benzylphenethyl-amine, diethylamine, piperazine, tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane, and tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
  • bases such as ammonia, ethylenediamine, N-methyl-glutamine, lysine, arginine, ornithine, choline, ⁇ , ⁇ '-dibenzylethylene-diamine, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, procaine, N-benzylphenethyl-amine, diethylamine, piperazine, tri
  • salts may be prepared by standard procedures, e.g. by reacting a free acid with a suitable organic or inorganic base. Where a basic group is present, such as amino, an acidic salt, i.e. hydrochloride, hydrobromide, acetate, palmoate, and the like, can be used as the dosage form.
  • a basic group such as amino
  • an acidic salt i.e. hydrochloride, hydrobromide, acetate, palmoate, and the like, can be used as the dosage form.
  • esters can be employed, e.g. acetate, maleate, pivaloyloxymethyl, and the like, and those esters known in the art for modifying solubility or hydrolysis characteristics for use as sustained release or prodrug formulations.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be administered in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable solvate.
  • solvates is taken to mean adductions of inert solvent molecules onto the compounds which form owing to their mutual attractive force.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable solvate is intended to include all acceptable solvates such as hydrates or alcoholates and the like.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable solvates of the compounds of this invention include those formed from (but not limited to) water, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 2-methyl-2-propanol, acetic acid, ethyl acetate, 1 -propyl acetate or 2-propyl acetate.
  • solvates may be prepared by standard procedures, e.g. by crystallizing or precipitating a compound of the invention in presence of a solvent such as, but not limited to, water, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 2-methyl-2-propanol, acetic acid, ethyl acetate, 1-propyl acetate or 2-propyl acetate.
  • a solvent such as, but not limited to, water, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 2-methyl-2-propanol, acetic acid, ethyl acetate, 1-propyl acetate or 2-propyl acetate.
  • references to compounds of formula I include references to enantiomers, salts, solvates, polymorphs, multi- component complexes and liquid crystals thereof.
  • the compounds of the invention include compounds of formula I as hereinbefore defined, including all polymorphs and crystal habits thereof, prodrugs and isomers thereof (including optical, geometric and tautomeric isomers) and isotopically- labeled compounds of formula I.
  • salts of the compounds of the invention are preferred, it should be noted that the invention in its broadest sense also included non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts, which may for example be used in the isolation and/or purification of the compounds of the invention.
  • non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts which may for example be used in the isolation and/or purification of the compounds of the invention.
  • salts formed with optically active acids or bases may be used to form diastereoisomeric salts that can facilitate the separation of optically active isomers of the compounds of Formula I above.
  • the invention also generally covers all pharmaceutically acceptable predrugs and prodrugs of the compounds of Formula I.
  • the compounds of Formula I can be prepared by different ways with reactions known to a person skilled in the art.
  • the invention further relates to a process (A) for manufacturing of compounds of Formula I,
  • Z 1 represents an amino-protecting group such as for example an arylsulphonyl, a tert-butoxy carbonyl, a methoxymethyl, a para-methoxy benzyl, a benzyl or any other suitable protecting group known by those skilled in the art; to afford compound of Formula I.
  • deprotection step of the process (A) of the invention may be performed by treatment with bases, such as but not limited to sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, in the presence or absence of a suitable solvent such as but not limited to methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, iert-butanol, THF, DMF, dioxane, water or a mixture thereof, at a temperature between about 20 °C to about 100 °C, preferably at about 85 °C, for a few hours, e.g. one hour to 24 h.
  • bases such as but not limited to sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate
  • a suitable solvent such as but not limited to methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, iert-butanol, THF, DMF, dioxane, water or a mixture thereof, at a temperature between about 20 °C to about 100 °C, preferably at about 85 °C, for a few hours, e.g
  • step b) may be performed in the presence of strong acids, such as but not limited to HC1, TFA, HF, HBr, in the presence or absence of a suitable solvent such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, iert-butanol, THF, DMF, Dioxane, water or a mixture thereof, at a temperature between about 20 °C to about 100 °C, for a period comprised between 10 minutes and a few hours, e.g. 10 minutes to 24 h.
  • strong acids such as but not limited to HC1, TFA, HF, HBr
  • a suitable solvent such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, iert-butanol, THF, DMF, Dioxane, water or a mixture thereof
  • the process (A) of the invention further comprises a preliminary step, selected for step(al) or step (a2), according to the following general scheme
  • the invention relates to a first process (Al) of manufacturing of compounds of Formula I, according to the following general scheme:
  • X 1 A and X 2" are defined as above;
  • Z 1 represents an amino-protecting group such as for example an arylsulphonyl, a tert-butoxy carbonyl, a methoxymethyl, a para-methoxy benzyl, a benzyl or any other suitable protecting group known by those skilled in the art;
  • Z represents an halogen (preferably iodine, bromine or chlorine), an alkylsulfonyloxy having 1-6 carbon atoms (preferably methylsulfonyloxy or trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy) or arylsulfonyloxy having 6-10 carbon atoms (preferably phenyl- or p-tolylsulfonyloxy); with a compound of Formula III
  • Z 3 and Z 4 represent alkyl groups, with the possibility for Z 3 and Z 4 to form together a ring; so as to obtain a compound of Formula IV,
  • step (al) of the process (Al) of the invention may be performed with or without a catalyst such as but not limited to Pd 2 (dba) 3 , Pd(PPh ) 4 , dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) or 1,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocenedichloro palladium(II), Pd(OAc) 2 , or Pd/C in the presence or absence of an additional ligand, such as but not limited to X-Phos, S-Phos, P(oTol) , PPh , BINAP, P(iBu) or any other suitable phosphine ligand known to those skilled in the art.
  • step (al) of the process (Al) of the invention is preferably performed in the presence of bases such as but not limited to K 3 PO 4 , K 2 CO 3 , Na 2 C0 3 .
  • step (al) of the process (Al) of the invention is preferably performed in the presence of a suitable solvent such as but not limited to dioxane, THF, DMF, water or mixtures thereof, preferably in a mixture of dioxane or THF and water.
  • a suitable solvent such as but not limited to dioxane, THF, DMF, water or mixtures thereof, preferably in a mixture of dioxane or THF and water.
  • step (al) of the process (Al) of the invention may be carried out at a temperature ranging from about 20 °C to about 180 °C, with or without microwave irradiation, for a period ranging from 10 minutes to a few hours, preferably from 10 minutes to 24 h.
  • the invention further relates to a second process (A2) of manufacturing of compounds of Formula I, according to the following general scheme:
  • Z 1 represents an amino-protecting group such as for example an arylsulphonyl, a tert-butoxy carbonyl, a methoxymethyl, a para-methoxy benzyl, a benzyl or any other suitable protecting group known by those skilled in the art; with a compound of Formula VI z 5 A wherein
  • A is defined as above;
  • Z 5 represents an halogen (preferably iodine, bromine or chlorine), alkylsulfonyloxy having 1-6 carbon atoms (preferably methylsulfonyloxy or trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy) or arylsulfonyloxy having 6-10 carbon atoms
  • halogen preferably iodine, bromine or chlorine
  • alkylsulfonyloxy having 1-6 carbon atoms preferably methylsulfonyloxy or trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy
  • arylsulfonyloxy having 6-10 carbon atoms
  • step (a2) of the process (A2) of the invention may be performed in the presence of bases such as but not limited to cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide.
  • bases such as but not limited to cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide.
  • step (a2) of the process (A2) of the invention may be performed in the presence of a suitable solvent such as but not limited to DMF, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, ie/t-butanol, THF, dioxane, dichloromethane, water.
  • a suitable solvent such as but not limited to DMF, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, ie/t-butanol, THF, dioxane, dichloromethane, water.
  • step (a2) of the process (A2) of the invention may be performed in the presence or absence of catalytic amounts of appropriate iodide salts, such as but not limited to tetrabutylammonium iodide.
  • step (a2) of the process (A2) of the invention may be carried out at a temperature between about 20 °C to about 180 °C, with or without microwave irradiation, for a period comprised between 10 minutes and a few hours, e.g. 10 minutes to 24 h.
  • the invention further relates to a general process (Bl) for manufacturing of compounds of Formula I,
  • X 1 A and X 2" are defined as above;
  • Z 1 represents H or an amino-protecting group such as for example an arylsulphonyl, a tert-butoxy carbonyl, a methoxymethyl, a para-methoxy benzyl, a benzyl or any other suitable protecting group known by those skilled in the art;
  • Z represents an halogen (preferably iodine, bromine or chlorine), an alkylsulfonyloxy having 1-6 carbon atoms (preferably methylsulfonyloxy or trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy) or arylsulfonyloxy having 6-10 carbon atoms (preferably phenyl- or p-tolylsulfonyloxy); a compound of Formula III
  • Z 3 and Z 4 represent alkyl groups, with the possibility for Z 3 and Z 4 to form together a ring; so as to obtain a compound of Formula IV,
  • step (b) of the process (Bl) of the invention may be performed as described above for step (al) of the process (Al).
  • step (b) of the process (Bl) of the invention may be performed as described above for step (b) of the process (A).
  • the invention further relates to a general process (B2) for manufacturing of compounds of Formula I,
  • Z 1 represents H or an amino-protecting group such as for example an arylsulphonyl, a tert-butoxy carbonyl, a methoxymethyl, a para-methoxy benzyl, a benzyl or any other suitable protecting group known by those skilled in the art; with a compound of Formula VI z 5 A wherein
  • A is defined as above;
  • Z 5 represents an halogen (preferably iodine, bromine or chlorine), alkylsulfonyloxy having 1-6 carbon atoms (preferably methylsulfonyloxy or trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy) or arylsulfonyloxy having 6-10 carbon atoms (preferably phenyl- or p-tolylsulfonyloxy), or any other leaving group known to those skilled in the art; so as to obtain a compound of Formula IV,
  • step (a4) of the process (B2) of the invention may be performed as described above for step (a2) of the process (A2).
  • step (b) of the process (B2) of the invention may be performed as described above for step (b) of the process (A).
  • the synthesis pathways for any individual compound of Formula (I) will depend on the specific substituents of each molecule and upon the ready availability of intermediates necessary; again such factors being appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • compounds of Formula I can be converted to alternative compounds of Formula I, employing suitable interconversion techniques well known by a person skilled in the art.
  • Compounds of the formula (I) and related formulae can furthermore be obtained by liberating compounds of the formula (I) from one of their functional derivatives by treatment with a solvolysing or hydrogenolysing agent.
  • Preferred starting materials for the solvolysis or hydrogenolysis are those which conform to the formula I and related formulae, but contain corresponding protected amino and/or hydroxyl groups instead of one or more free amino and/or hydroxyl groups, preferably those which carry an amino-protecting group instead of an H atom bonded to an N atom, in particular those which carry an R*-N group, in which R* denotes an amino-protecting group, instead of an HN group, and/or those which carry a hydroxyl-protecting group instead of the H atom of a hydroxyl group, for example those which conform to the formula I, but carry a -COOR** group, in which R** denotes a hydroxyl-protecting group, instead of a -COOH group.
  • amino-protecting group is known in general terms and relates to groups which are suitable for protecting (blocking) an amino group against chemical reactions, but which are easy to remove after the desired chemical reaction has been carried out elsewhere in the molecule. Typical of such groups are, in particular, unsubstituted or substituted acyl, aryl, aralkoxymethyl or aralkyl groups.
  • acyl group is to be understood in the broadest sense in connection with the present process. It includes acyl groups derived from aliphatic, araliphatic, aromatic or heterocyclic carboxylic acids or sulfonic acids, and, in particular, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl and especially aralkoxycarbonyl groups.
  • acyl groups are alkanoyl, such as acetyl, propionyl and butyryl; aralkanoyl, such as phenylacetyl; aroyl, such as benzoyl and tolyl; aryloxyalkanoyl, such as POA; alkoxycarbonyl, such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, 2,2,2- trichloroethoxycarbonyl, BOC (tert-butoxycarbonyl) and 2-iodoethoxycarbonyl; aralkoxycarbonyl, such as CBZ ("carbobenzoxy”), 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl and FMOC; and arylsulfonyl, such as Mtr.
  • alkanoyl such as acetyl, propionyl and butyryl
  • aralkanoyl such as phenylacetyl
  • aroyl such as benzoyl and tolyl
  • Preferred amino-protecting groups are BOC and Mtr, furthermore CBZ, Fmoc, benzyl and acetyl.
  • hydroxyl-protecting group is likewise known in general terms and relates to groups which are suitable for protecting a hydroxyl group against chemical reactions, but are easy to remove after the desired chemical reaction has been carried out elsewhere in the molecule. Typical of such groups are the above-mentioned unsubstituted or substituted aryl, aralkyl or acyl groups, furthermore also alkyl groups.
  • the nature and size of the hydroxyl-protecting groups are not crucial since they are removed again after the desired chemical reaction or reaction sequence; preference is given to groups having 1-20, in particular 1-10, carbon atoms.
  • hydroxyl- protecting groups are, inter alia, benzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, p-nitrobenzoyl, p- toluenesulfonyl, tert-butyl and acetyl, where benzyl and tert-butyl are particularly preferred.
  • the compounds of the formula I and related formulae are liberated from their functional derivatives - depending on the protecting group used - by using for example strong inorganic acids, such as hydrochloric acid, perchloric acid or sulfuric acid, strong organic carboxylic acids, such as trichloroacetic acid, TFA or sulfonic acids, such as benzene- or p-toluenesulfonic acid.
  • strong inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, perchloric acid or sulfuric acid
  • strong organic carboxylic acids such as trichloroacetic acid, TFA or sulfonic acids, such as benzene- or p-toluenesulfonic acid.
  • Suitable inert solvents are preferably organic, for example carboxylic acids, such as acetic acid, ethers, such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, amides, such as DMF, halogenated hydrocarbons, such as dichloromethane, furthermore also alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol or isopropanol, and water. Mixtures of the above-mentioned solvents are furthermore suitable. TFA is preferably used in excess without addition of a further solvent, and perchloric acid is preferably used in the form of a mixture of acetic acid and 70% perchloric acid in the ratio 9: 1.
  • the reaction temperatures for the cleavage are advantageously between about 0 and about 50°C, preferably between 15 and 30°C (room temperature).
  • the BOC, OtBu and Mtr groups can, for example, preferably be cleaved off using TFA in dichloromethane or using approximately 3 to 5N HC1 in dioxane at 15-30°C, and the FMOC group can be cleaved off using an approximately 5 to 50% solution of dimethylamine, diethylamine or piperidine in DMF at 15-30°C.
  • Protecting groups which can be removed hydrogenolytically can be cleaved off, for example, by treatment with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst (for example a noble-metal catalyst, such as palladium, advantageously on a support, such as carbon).
  • a catalyst for example a noble-metal catalyst, such as palladium, advantageously on a support, such as carbon.
  • Suitable solvents are those indicated above, in particular, for example, alcohols, such as methanol or ethanol, or amides, such as DMF.
  • the hydrogenolysis is generally carried out at temperatures between about 0 and 100°C and pressures between about 1 and 200 bar, preferably at 20-30°C and 1-10 bar. Hydrogenolysis of the CBZ group succeeds well, for example, on 5 to 10% Pd/C in methanol or using ammonium formate (instead of hydrogen) on Pd/C in methanol/DMF at 20-30°C.
  • suitable inert solvents are hydrocarbons, such as hexane, petroleum ether, benzene, toluene or xylene; chlorinated hydrocarbons, such as trichloroethylene, 1,2- dichloroethane, tetrachloromethane, trifluoromethylbenzene, chloroform or dichloromethane; alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-propanol, n- butanol or tert-butanol; ethers, such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran (THF) or dioxane; glycol ethers, such as ethylene glycol monomethyl or monoethyl ether or ethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme); ketones, such as acetone or butanone; amides, such as acetamide, dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone (
  • Esters can be hydrolysed, for example, using HC1, H 2 SO 4 , or using LiOH, NaOH or KOH in water, water/THF, water/THF/ethanol or water/dioxane, at temperatures between 0 and 100°C.
  • Free amino groups can furthermore be acylated in a conventional manner using an acyl chloride or anhydride or alkylated using an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl halide, advantageously in an inert solvent, such as dichloromethane or THF and/or in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine or pyridine, at temperatures between -60°C and +30°C.
  • an inert solvent such as dichloromethane or THF
  • a base such as triethylamine or pyridine
  • the invention is further directed to the use of the compounds of the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof as TD02 inhibitors.
  • the invention relates to the use of compounds of Formula I and subformulae in particular those of Table 1 above, or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, as TD02 inhibitors. Accordingly, in another aspect, the invention relates to the use of these compounds or enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof for the synthesis of pharmaceutical active ingredients, such as TD02 inhibitors.
  • the invention relates to the use of compounds of Formula I and subformulae in particular those of Table 1 above, or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, for increasing immune recognition and destruction of the cancer cells.
  • compounds of the invention are therefore useful as medicaments, in particular in the prevention and/or treatment of cancer.
  • compounds of the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof are for use in the treatment and/or prevention of cancer, neurodegenerative disorders such as Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease and Huntington's disease, chronic viral infections such as HCV and HIV, depression, and obesity.
  • the invention further relates to a method for treatment or prevention of cancer, neurodegenerative disorders such as Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease and Huntington's disease, chronic viral infections such as HCV and HIV, depression, and obesity, which comprises administering to a mammalian species in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof.
  • a mammalian species in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof.
  • TD02 expression has been demonstrated in neurons, brain vasculature and additionally in the case of schizophrenia in astroglial cells (Miller C et al., 2004, Neurobiology Dis, 15(3):618-29).
  • the kynurenine pathway is now considered as a therapeutic target in cognitive diseases like bipolar disorder or Tourette syndrome and neurodegenerative disorders like Alzheimer, motor neuron disease like Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Multiple sclerosis, Huntington or Parkinson's disease (Stone TW, 2013, Br J of Pharmacol, 169(6): 1211-27; Wu et al, 2013, Plos One, 8(4):e59749; Fiivesi et al, 2012, J Neural Transm, 119(2):225-34; Widner et al, 2002, J Neural Transm, 109(2): 181-9; Comings et al, 1996, Pharmacogenetics, 6(4):307-18; Forrest 2010, J Neurochem, 112(1): 112-22).
  • T cell hyporesponsiveness has been recently associated with the Tryptophan catabolic pathway in HIV-infected patients with possibly extension to other chronic infectious diseases like e.g. Hepatitis C.
  • the cancer may be metastatic or non-metastatic.
  • the cancer may be may be familial or sporadic.
  • the cancer is selected from the group consisting of: leukemia and multiple myeloma. Additional cancers that can be treated using the methods of the invention include, for example, benign and malignant solid tumours and benign and malignant non- solid tumours.
  • solid tumours include, but are not limited to: biliary tract cancer, brain cancer (including glioblastomas and medulloblastomas), breast cancer, cervical cancer, choriocarcinoma, colon cancer, endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer, gastric cancer, intraepithelial neoplasms (including Bowen's disease and Paget' s disease), liver cancer, lung cancer, neuroblastomas, oral cancer (including squamous cell carcinoma), ovarian cancer (including those arising from epithelial cells, stromal cells, germ cells and mesenchymal cells), pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, renal cancer (including adenocarcinoma and Wilms tumour), sarcomas (including leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, liposarcoma, fibrosarcoma and osteosarcoma), skin cancer (including melanoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, baso
  • non- solid tumours include but are not limited to hematological neoplasms.
  • a hematologic neoplasm is a term of art which includes lymphoid disorders, myeloid disorders, and AIDS associated leukemias.
  • Lymphoid disorders include but are not limited to acute lymphocytic leukemia and chronic lymphoproliferative disorders (e.g., lymphomas, myelomas, and chronic lymphoid leukemias).
  • Lymphomas include, for example, Hodgkin's disease, non- Hodgkin's lymphoma lymphomas, and lymphocytic lymphomas).
  • Chronic lymphoid leukemias include, for example, T cell chronic lymphoid leukemias and B cell chronic lymphoid leukemias.
  • compounds of the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof are for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a cancer selected from bladder carcinoma, hepatocarcinoma, melanoma,mesothelioma, neuroblastoma, sarcoma, breast carcinoma, leukemia, renal cell carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma, head & neck carcinoma, lung carcinoma, brain tumor, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, myeloma, pancreatic carcinoma, gynaecological cancers (ovarian carcinoma, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer).
  • a cancer selected from bladder carcinoma, hepatocarcinoma, melanoma,mesothelioma, neuroblastoma, sarcoma, breast carcinoma, leukemia, renal cell carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma, head & neck carcinoma, lung carcinoma, brain tumor, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, myeloma, pancreatic
  • compounds of the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof are for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a cancer selected from bladder carcinoma, hepatocarcinoma, melanoma,mesothelioma, neuroblastoma, sarcoma, breast carcinoma, leukemia, renal cell carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma, head & neck carcinoma, lung carcinoma, brain tumor, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, myeloma, pancreatic carcinoma.
  • a cancer selected from bladder carcinoma, hepatocarcinoma, melanoma,mesothelioma, neuroblastoma, sarcoma, breast carcinoma, leukemia, renal cell carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma, head & neck carcinoma, lung carcinoma, brain tumor, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, myeloma, pancreatic carcinoma.
  • compounds of the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof are for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a cancer selected gynaecological cancers such as for example ovarian carcinoma, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer.
  • compounds of the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof are for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a cancer selected from hepatocarcinoma and glioblastoma.
  • the invention further relates to a method for treatment or prevention of a cancer selected from bladder carcinoma, hepatocarcinoma, melanoma,mesothelioma, neuroblastoma, sarcoma, breast carcinoma, leukemia, renal cell carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma, head & neck carcinoma, lung carcinoma, brain tumor, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, myeloma, pancreatic carcinoma, gynaecological cancers (ovarian carcinoma, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer), which comprises administering to a mammalian species in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof.
  • a cancer selected from bladder carcinoma, hepatocarcinoma, melanoma,mesothelioma, neuroblastoma, sarcoma, breast carcinoma, leukemia, renal cell carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma, head & neck carcinoma, lung
  • the invention further relates to a method for treatment or prevention of a cancer selected from bladder carcinoma, hepatocarcinoma, melanoma,mesothelioma, neuroblastoma, sarcoma, breast carcinoma, leukemia, renal cell carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma, head & neck carcinoma, lung carcinoma, brain tumor, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, myeloma, pancreatic carcinoma, which comprises administering to a mammalian species in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof.
  • a cancer selected from bladder carcinoma, hepatocarcinoma, melanoma,mesothelioma, neuroblastoma, sarcoma, breast carcinoma, leukemia, renal cell carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma, head & neck carcinoma, lung carcinoma, brain tumor, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, myelo
  • the invention further relates to a method for treatment or prevention of a cancer selected from gynaecological cancers such as for example ovarian carcinoma, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer; which comprises administering to a mammalian species in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof.
  • a cancer selected from gynaecological cancers such as for example ovarian carcinoma, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer
  • the method for treatment or prevention is a method for treatment or prevention of a cancer selected from hepatocarcinoma and glioblastoma, which comprises administering to a mammalian species in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof.
  • the invention also provides for a method for delaying in patient the onset of cancer comprising the administration of a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt and solvate thereof to a patient in need thereof.
  • the patient is a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a human.
  • the compounds of the invention are especially useful in the treatment and/or prevention of cancer.
  • the compounds of the invention are especially useful in the treatment and/or prevention of cancer.
  • the invention further provides the use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt and solvate thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for treating and/or preventing cancer.
  • a method for modulating TD02 activity in a patient, preferably a warm blooded animal, and even more preferably a human, in need of such treatment, which comprises administering to said patient an effective amount of compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt and solvate thereof.
  • compositions comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt and solvate thereof and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient and/or adjuvant.
  • the invention also covers pharmaceutical compositions which contain, in addition to a compound of the present invention, a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt and solvate thereof as active ingredient, additional therapeutic agents and/or active ingredients.
  • Another object of this invention is a medicament comprising at least one compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt and solvate thereof, as active ingredient.
  • a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt and solvate thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for modulating TD02 activity in a patient, in need of such treatment, which comprises administering to said patient an effective amount of compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt and solvate thereof.
  • the compounds of the invention may be formulated as a pharmaceutical preparation comprising at least one compound of the invention and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient and/or adjuvant, and optionally one or more further pharmaceutically active compounds.
  • such a formulation may be in a form suitable for oral administration, for parenteral administration (such as by intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous injection or intravenous infusion), for topical administration (including ocular), for administration by inhalation, by a skin patch, by an implant, by a suppository, etc.
  • parenteral administration such as by intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous injection or intravenous infusion
  • topical administration including ocular
  • suitable administration forms - which may be solid, semi-solid or liquid, depending on the manner of administration - as well as methods and carriers, diluents and excipients for use in the preparation thereof, will be clear to the skilled person; reference is made to the latest edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences.
  • Such preparations include tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols, ointments, cremes, lotions, soft and hard gelatin capsules, suppositories, drops, sterile injectable solutions and sterile packaged powders (which are usually reconstituted prior to use) for administration as a bolus and/or for continuous administration, which may be formulated with carriers, excipients, and diluents that are suitable per se for such formulations, such as lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, cellulose, (sterile) water, methylcellulose, methyl- and propy
  • the formulations can optionally contain other substances that are commonly used in pharmaceutical formulations, such as lubricating agents, wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, dispersing agents, desintegrants, bulking agents, fillers, preserving agents, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, flow regulators, release agents, etc..
  • the compositions may also be formulated so as to provide rapid, sustained or delayed release of the active compound(s) contained therein.
  • the pharmaceutical preparations of the invention are preferably in a unit dosage form, and may be suitably packaged, for example in a box, blister, vial, bottle, sachet, ampoule or in any other suitable single-dose or multi-dose holder or container (which may be properly labeled); optionally with one or more leaflets containing product information and/or instructions for use.
  • the active compound of the invention may be administered as a single daily dose, divided over one or more daily doses, or essentially continuously, e.g. using a drip infusion.
  • substituents may be selected from but not limited to, for example, the group comprising halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, nitro, amido, carboxy, amino, cyano haloalkoxy, and haloalkyl.
  • halogen means fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo. Preferred halo groups are fluoro and chloro.
  • alkyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a hydrocarbyl radical of Formula C n H2 n+ i wherein n is a number greater than or equal to 1.
  • alkyl groups of this invention comprise from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably from 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Alkyl groups may be linear or branched and may be substituted as indicated herein. Suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n- butyl, i-butyl, s-butyl and t-butyl, pentyl and its isomers (e.g.
  • haloalkyl alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl radical having the meaning as defined above wherein one or more hydrogens are replaced with a halogen as defined above.
  • Non-limiting examples of such haloalkyl radicals include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoro methyl and the like.
  • cycloalkyl as used herein is a cyclic alkyl group, that is to say, a monovalent, saturated, or unsaturated hydrocarbyl group having 1 or 2 cyclic structures.
  • Cycloalkyl includes monocyclic or bicyclic hydrocarbyl groups. Cycloalkyl groups may comprise 3 or more carbon atoms in the ring and generally, according to this invention comprise from 3 to 10, more preferably from 3 to 8 carbon atoms still more preferably from 3 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include but are not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, with cyclopropyl being particularly preferred.
  • heterocyclyl where at least one carbon atom in a cycloalkyl group is replaced with a heteroatom, the resultant ring is referred to herein as "heterocyclyl".
  • heterocyclyl as used herein by itself or as part of another group refer to non-aromatic, fully saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic groups (for example, 3 to 7 member monocyclic, 7 to 11 member bicyclic, or containing a total of 3 to 10 ring atoms) which have at least one heteroatom in at least one carbon atom-containing ring.
  • Each ring of the heterocyclic group containing a heteroatom may have 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur atoms, where the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatoms may optionally be quaternized. Any of the carbon atoms of the heterocyclic group may be substituted by oxo (for example piperidone, pyrrolidinone).
  • the heterocyclic group may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom of the ring or ring system, where valence allows.
  • the rings of multi- ring heterocycles may be fused, bridged and/or joined through one or more spiro atoms.
  • Non limiting exemplary heterocyclic groups include piperidinyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperazinyl, imidazolinyl, morpholinyl, oxetanyl, pyrazolidinyl imidazolidinyl, isoxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinylsulfoxide, thiomorpholinylsulfone, pyrrolizinyl.
  • alkene refers to an unsaturated hydrocarbyl group, which may be linear or branched, comprising one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Suitable alkenyl groups comprise between 2 and 6 carbon atoms, preferably between 2 and 4 carbon atoms. Examples of alkenyl groups are ethenyl, 2- propenyl, 2-butenyl, 3- butenyl, 2-pentenyl and its isomers, 2-hexenyl and its isomers, 2,4-pentadienyl and the like.
  • aryl refers to a polyunsaturated, aromatic hydrocarbyl group having a single ring (i.e. phenyl) or multiple aromatic rings fused together (e.g. naphtyl) or linked covalently, typically containing 5 to 12 atoms; preferably 6 to 10, wherein at least one ring is aromatic.
  • the aromatic ring may optionally include one to two additional rings (either cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl) fused thereto.
  • Aryl is also intended to include the partially hydrogenated derivatives of the carbocyclic systems enumerated herein.
  • Non- limiting examples of aryl comprise phenyl, biphenylyl, biphenylenylnaphthalenyl, indenyl.
  • heteroaryl refers but is not limited to 5 to 12 carbon-atom aromatic rings or ring systems containing 1 to 2 rings which are fused together or linked covalently, typically containing 5 to 6 atoms; at least one of which is aromatic, in which one or more carbon atoms in one or more of these rings is replaced by oxygen, nitrogen and/or sulfur atoms where the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatoms may optionally be quaternized.
  • Such rings may be fused to an aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl ring.
  • Non-limiting examples of such heteroaryl include: pyridazinyl, pyridinyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxatriazolyl, thiatriazolyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, oxazinyl, dioxinyl, thiazinyl, triazinyl, indolyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, isobenzothiophenyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, quin
  • heteroarylalkyl refers to any group -alkyl-heteroaryl.
  • alk lheteroaryl refers to any group -heteroaryl-alkyl.
  • alkoxy refers to any group O-alkyl.
  • haloalkoxy refers to any group O-haloalkyl.
  • amino refers to a -NH 2 group or any group derived thereof by substitution of one nor two hydrogen atom by an organic aliphatic or aromatic group.
  • groups derived from -NH 2 are alkylamino groups, i.e. N-alkyl groups, comprising monoalkylamino and dialkylamino.
  • amino refers to NH 2 , NHMe or NMe 2 .
  • amino-protecting group refers to a protecting group for an amine function. According to a preferred embodiment, the amino-protecting group is selected in the groups comprising: arylsulphonyl, tert-butoxy carbonyl, methoxymethyl, para-methoxy benzyl or benzyl.
  • the leaving group refers to a molecular fragment that departs with a pair of electrons in heterolytic bond cleavage.
  • the leaving group is selected in the groups comprising: halogen, preferably iodine, bromine or chlorine; alkylsulfonyloxy having 1-6 carbon atoms, preferably methylsulfonyloxy or trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy; or arylsulfonyloxy having 6-10 carbon atoms, preferably phenyl- or p-tolylsulfonyloxy.
  • solvate is used herein to describe a compound in this invention that contains stoichiometric or sub- stoichiometric amounts of one or more pharmaceutically acceptable solvent molecule such as ethanol.
  • hydrate refers to when the said solvent is water.
  • the compounds of the invention include compounds of Formula I as hereinbefore defined, including all polymorphs and crystal habits thereof, predrugs and prodrugs thereof and isotopically- labeled compounds of Formula I.
  • the invention also generally covers all pharmaceutically acceptable predrugs and prodrugs of the compounds of Formula I.
  • prodrug as used herein means the pharmacologically acceptable derivatives of compounds of Formula I, such as for example esters, whose in vivo biotransformation product generates the biologically active drug. Prodrugs are generally characterized by increased bio-availability and are readily metabolized into biologically active compounds in vivo.
  • predrug means any compound that will be modified to form a drug species, wherein the modification may take place either inside or outside of the body, and either before or after the predrug reaches the area of the body where administration of the drug is indicated.
  • patient refers to a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a human, who/which is awaiting the receipt of, or is receiving medical care or is/will be the object of a medical procedure.
  • human refers to a subject of both genders and at any stage of development (i.e. neonate, infant, juvenile, adolescent, adult).
  • stage of development i.e. neonate, infant, juvenile, adolescent, adult.
  • treatment as used herein, are meant to include alleviating, attenuating or abrogating a condition or disease and/or its attendant symptoms.
  • prevent refers to a method of delaying or precluding the onset of a condition or disease and/or its attendant symptoms, barring a patient from acquiring a condition or disease, or reducing a patient's risk of acquiring a condition or disease.
  • therapeutically effective amount means the amount of active agent or active ingredient that is sufficient to achieve the desired therapeutic or prophylactic effect in the patient to which/whom it is administered.
  • administration or a variant thereof (e.g. "administering", means providing the active agent or active ingredient, alone or as part of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition, to the patient in whom/which the condition, symptom, or disease is to be treated or prevented.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable is meant that the ingredients of a pharmaceutical composition are compatible with each other and not deleterious to the patient thereof.
  • pharmaceutical vehicle means a carrier or inert medium used as solvent or diluent in which the pharmaceutically active agent is formulated and/or administered.
  • pharmaceutical vehicles include creams, gels, lotions, solutions, and liposomes.
  • the microwave chemistry was performed on a single mode microwave reactor Initiator Microwave System EU from Biotage.
  • Preparative HPLC purifications were performed with a mass directed autopurification Fractionlynx from Waters equipped with a XbridgeTM Prep CI 8 OBD column 19x150 mm 5 ⁇ , unless otherwise reported. All HPLC purifications were performed with a gradient of CH 3 CN /H 2 0/NH 4 HC0 3 (5 mM), CH 3 CN /H 2 0/TFA (0.1%), or CH 3 CN /H 2 0/NH 3 H 2 0 (0.1%).
  • reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 12 hours.
  • the mixture was filtered through Celite and washed with EtOAc (50 mL).
  • Step 2 A mixture of crude 3-(3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole and iert-butyl 4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-lH- pyrazole-l-carboxylate (Step 1; 5.70 g) in HCl/dioxane (20 mL; 80 mmol; 4.0 M) was stirred at 30 °C for 2 hours.
  • the combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mLx2), dried over anhydrous Na 2 S0 4 , filtered, and concentrated to afford 216 mg (82%) of the title compound as a gray solid, which was used directly without further purification.
  • Step 1 tert-butyl 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l H-indol-3-yl)-l H-pyrazol-1 -yl)azetidine-l -carboxylate
  • a mixture of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 346 mg; 1.0 mmol), iert-butyl 3-iodoazetidine-l -carboxylate (283 mg; 1.0 mmol) and NaH (100 mg; 2.5 mmol; 60% w/w) in DMF (5 mL) was heated to 120 °C for 0.5 hour in a microwave reactor.
  • reaction mixture was added NaOH (100 mg; 2.50 mmol) in water (0.5 mL) and stirred for 0.5 hour at 85 °C.
  • Step 2 To a solution of iert-butyl 3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)azetidine-l- carboxylate (Step 1; 220 mg; 0.62 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added saturated HCl in Et 2 0 (5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 3 h, concentrated, and purified by preparative HPLC to afford 27.8 mg (18%) of the title compound as a white solid.
  • Step 1 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)azetidine-l- carboxamide
  • Step 1 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylazetidine-l -carboxamide
  • Step 1 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanamide
  • 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 225 mg; 0.66 mmol)
  • 3-bromopropanamide (302 mg; 1.99 mmol), KI (20 mg; 0.12 mmol) and K 2 C0 3 (274 mg; 1.98 mmol) in CH 3 CN (20 mL) and DMF (10 mL) was stirred at 100 °C overnight.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled to r.t., filtered, and concentrated to afford 272 mg (100%) of the title compound as a white solid, which was used directly without further purification.
  • Step 1 3-(4-(5,6-difluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)propanamide
  • Step 1 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)propanamide
  • 3-(3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 50; 100 mg; 0.27 mmol), 3-bromopropanamide (411 mg; 2.70 mmol), KI (45 mg; 0.27 mmol), and K 2 C0 3 (186 mg; 1.35 mmol) in DMF (3.0 mL) was stirred at 70 °C for 16 hours.
  • Step 1 6-fluoro-3-(l-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-l H -indole
  • Step 1 4-(2-(4-( 6-fluoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l - yl)ethyl)morpholine
  • Step 1 N-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)ethyl)acetamide
  • Step 1 l-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)urea
  • Step 2 Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from l-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)urea (Step 1; 161 mg), 41 mg (60%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (EtOAc).
  • Step 1 N-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)ethyl)methane sulfonamide
  • Step 1 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethanol
  • Step 1 l-(4-(2-(4-( 6-fluoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l - yl)ethyl)piperazin-l-yl)ethanone
  • Step 1 l-(2-(4-( 6-fluoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l - yl)ethyl)pyrrolidin-2-one
  • Step 1 6-fluoro-3-(l-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole
  • Step 1 3-( 3, 5 -dimethyl- 1 -(2-( methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l -
  • Step 2 Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 3, starting from 3 -(3, 5 -dimethyl- l-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro- 1- (phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Step 1; 47 mg; 0.10 mmol), 18 mg (54%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
  • Step 1 methyl 3-(4-( 6-fluoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l -yl)-2 - methylpropanoate
  • Step 2 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2- methylpropanoic acid
  • Step 2 starting from methyl 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)-2-methylpropanoate (Step 1; 341 mg; 0.77 mmol), 329 mg (100%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
  • Step 3 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2- methylpropanamide
  • Step 1 3-(l-(2,2-diethoxyethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole
  • Step 3 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2-hydroxy propanenitrile
  • Step 4 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2- hydroxypropanamide
  • Step 1 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)acetamide
  • Step 1 ethyl 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)acetate
  • 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 1.00 g; 2.93 mmol) and K 2 C0 3 (1.30 g; 9.41 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was added ethyl bromoacetate (1.50 g; 8.98 mmol).
  • Step 1 6-fluoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-3-( 1 -(( 1 -(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-l H-indole
  • Step 1 6-fluoro-3-(l-((l-(2-fluoroethyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-l H -indole
  • 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 21; 111 mg; 0.25 mmol) and l-bromo-2-fluoroethane (64 mg; 0.50 mmol), 122 mg (100%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
  • Step 1 2-(4-((4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)piperidin-l -yl)ethanol
  • 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 21; 200 mg; 0.46 mmol), 200 mg (91%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
  • Step 1 ethyl 2-(4-((4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)piperidin-l -yl)acetate
  • 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 21; 185 mg; 0.42 mmol)
  • 330 mg of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil after purification by reverse phase flash chromatography.
  • LC-MS mlz 525 [M + H] + .
  • Step 1 methyl 4-(4-((4-( 6-fluoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l - yl)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)-4-oxobutanoate
  • Step 1 l-(4-((4-( 6-fluoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l - yl)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)ethanone
  • Step 1 3-(l-((l-cyclopropylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-l H -indole
  • Step 1 6-fluoro-3-( methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l - (phenylsulfonyl)-l H -indole
  • Step 2 tert-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)piperidine-l -carboxylate
  • Step 3 Following the general method as outlined in synthesis of compound 2, starting from tert-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)piperidine-l -carboxylate (Step 2; 96 mg; 0.23 mmol), 45 mg (55%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC (HC1 additive).
  • Step 1 tert-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro-l H-indol-3-yl)-3-methyl-l H-pyrazol-1 - yl)methyl)piperidine-l -carboxylate
  • Step 2 Following the general method as outlined in synthesis of compound 2, starting from iert-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-3-methyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidine- 1-carboxylate (Step 1; 150 mg; 0.36 mmol), 50 mg (44%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
  • Step 2 Following the general method as outlined in synthesis of compound 2, starting from iert-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidine- 1-carboxylate (Step 1; 150 mg; 0.36 mmol), 15 mg (13%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
  • Step 1 6-fiuoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-3-( 1 -((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl)-lH- pyrazol-4-yl)-l H-indole
  • Step 2 Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol- 4-yl)-lH-indole (Step 1; 398 mg; 0.90 mmol), 102 mg (38%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
  • Step 1 4-((4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ol
  • Step 1 trans-3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclobutanecarboxamide
  • Step 1 cis-3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylcyclobutanecarboxamide
  • Step 1 trans-3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylcyclobutanecarboxamide
  • Coppound 68 cis -4- (4- (6-fluoro- lH-indol-3- yl) - lH-p yrazol- 1 - vDcyclohexanol
  • Step 1 4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)cyclohexanone
  • Step 1 1 ,1 ,1 -trifluoro-3-(l -(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)propan-2-one
  • 2-(l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)acetic acid (1.50 g; 4.76 mmol) and trifluoroacetic anhydride (3.0 mL; 22 mmol) in toluene (150 mL) at 0 °C
  • pyridine 2.4 mL; 30 mmol
  • reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mLx2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 S0 4 , filtered, concentrated, and purified by reverse phase flash chromatography and preparative HPLC to afford 0.50 g (29%) the title compound as a yellow oil.
  • Step 2 4,4,4-trifluoro-3-oxo-2-(l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)butanal
  • Step 1 2-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH ndol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- l-yl)ethanol
  • Step 2 Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 2-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)ethanol (Step 1; 148 mg; 0.32 mmol), 36mg (35%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
  • Step 1 l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- l-yl)-5 '-methoxypropan-l-one
  • Step 2 Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)-3-methoxypropan-l-one (Step 1; 440 mg), 30 mg (13 %) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
  • Step 2 Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)propan-l-one (Step 1; 310 mg; 0.65 mmol), 50 mg (23 %) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
  • Step 1 2-(dimethylamino)-l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazol-1 -yl )piperidin-l -yl)ethanone
  • Step 1 2-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH ndol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- l-yl)-2-oxoethyl acetate
  • Step 1 l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH ndol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)-2-methoxyethanone
  • 6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 21; 188 mg; 0.43 mmol) and 2-methoxyacetic acid (41 mg; 0.46 mmol)
  • 260 mg of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil after purification by a silica gel chromatography (EtOAc).
  • Step 1 l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH ndol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)-2-methylpropan- 1 -one
  • Step 1 l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-l -one
  • 6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-( l-(piperidin-4-yl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 17; 200 mg; 0.47 mmol) and pivaloyl chloride (0.12 mL; 0.98 mmol), 250 mg (>100 %) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid, which was used directly without further purification.
  • Step 1 cyclopropyl(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)piperidin-l -yl)methanone
  • 6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-( l-(piperidin-4-yl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 17; 300 mg; 0.65mmol) and cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (122 mg; 1.42 mmol) in DMF (6 mL), 345 mg of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
  • Step 1 l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH ndol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)ethanone
  • Et 3 N (0.23 mL; 1.65 mmol
  • acetyl chloride 87 mg; 1.1 mmol
  • the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h and concentrated to afford 256 mg (100%) of the title compound as a white solid, which was used directly without further purification.
  • Step 1 6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole
  • Step 2 Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole (Step 1; 240 mg), 58 mg (37%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Psychology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • AIDS & HIV (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to compound of Formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof. The invention further relates to the use of the compounds of Formula I as tryptophan 2,3-dioxygenase (TDO2) inhibitors. The invention also relates to the use of the compounds of Formula I for the treatment and/or prevention of cancer, neurodegenerative disorders such as Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease and Huntington's disease, chronic viral infections such as HCV and HIV, depression, and obesity. The invention also relates to a process for manufacturing compounds of Formula (I).

Description

-(INDOL-3-YL)-PYRAZOLE DERIVATIVES, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR USE
FIELD OF INVENTION The present invention relates to novel 4-(indol-3-yl)-pyrazole derivatives, including pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof. Compounds of the invention are inhibitors of TD02 (tryptophan 2,3-dioxygenase) and are useful as therapeutic compounds, particularly in the treatment and/or prevention of cancers.
BACKGROUND OF INVENTION
Two decades after the importance of tryptophan catabolism for maintaining the immune privilege of the placenta was discovered (Munn, D.H. et al., Science, 1998, 281, 1191- 1193), increasing evidence is extending its biological relevance beyond immune tolerance to non-self. According to the generally accepted concept, tryptophan, an essential amino acid, is catabolized in the local microenvironment of tumors, immune- privileged sites, or sites of inflammation (Mellor AL and Munn DH., Nat Rev Immunol, 2008, 8, 74-80). In these tissues, cancer cells, immune cells, or specialized epithelial cells (e.g., syncytiotrophoblasts in the placenta) create an immunosuppressive environment in tumors that shut down antitumor immune responses in tumors and in tumor-draining lymph nodes by inducing T-cell anergy and apoptosis through depletion of tryptophan and accumulation of immunosuppressive tryptophan catabolites (Munn DH et al., J Exp Med., 1999, 189, 1363-1372; Fallarino F et al., Cell Death Differ., 2002, 9, 1069-1077).
It has recently been discovered that a key enzyme in tryptophan catabolism, tryptophan 2,3-dioxygenase (TD02), which is considered responsible for regulating systemic tryptophan levels in the liver, is constitutively expressed in a wide variety of cancers, such as for example in bladder carcinoma, hepatocarcinoma, melanoma,mesothelioma, neuroblastoma, sarcoma, breast carcinoma, leukemia, renal cell carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma, head & neck carcinoma, lung carcinoma, brain tumor, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, myeloma, pancreatic carcinoma (Pilotte L et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 2012, 109(7), 2497-502). TD02 expression in tumor cells prevents tumor surveillance by the immune system and thus prevents tumor rejection by locally degrading tryptophan (Opitz CA et al., Nature, 2011, 478(7368), 197-203). The first evidence for this was provided through inhibition of TD02 by a small molecule which inhibited tumor growth in a P815 mastocytoma tumor model with a prophylactic vaccination approach (Pilotte L et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 2012, 109(7), 2497-502). Here, P815mTD02 expressing tumors were rejected less in comparison to P815 tumors transfected with an empty vector, clearly demonstrating a growth benefit for TD02 expressing tumors. Inhibition with a TD02 inhibitor strongly decreased tumor growth in P815mTD02 implanted tumors. Antitumor activity with the TD02 inhibitor was equally observed in the P815 control implanted tumors negative for TD02, thus providing evidence for an effect of TD02 expressed in the immune system of the animal. These experiments for the first time provided clear evidence for a role of TD02 in regulating tumor growth through expression in the cancer cell as well as immune compartment.
In line with its expression profile in liver, TD02 was found predominantly in hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) (Pilotte L et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 2012, 109(7), 2497-502). Inhibition of tryptophan catabolism and thus restoration of tryptophan concentration and decreased production of downstream metabolites could prove beneficial in the context of liver disease progressing to the stage of liver carcinoma: (i) several reports have shown evidence that increased availabillity of tryptophan through supplementation is beneficial for eg cirrhotic livers allowing the direct use of tryptophan for protein synthesis (Ohta et al., Amino Acids, 1996, 10(4), 369-78); (ii) there is a correlation between increased downstream serum tryptophan metabolites, such as quinolinic acid, and hepatic dysfunction in patients with liver cirrhosis (Lahdou et al., Hum Immunol, 2013, 74(1), 60-6) (iii) increased secretion of another tryptophan metabolite, indole-3-lactic acid, has been associated with alcohol- induced liver disease in mice (Manna et al., J Proteome Res, 2011, 10(9), 4120-33). In the context of liver carcinoma itself, the very high RNA expression is a good indication for therapeutic evaluation of TD02 inhibitors (Pilotte L et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 2012, 109(7), 2497-502). The above thus provides a clear rationale for TD02 activity modulation in the control of liver tumor development.
In addition to expression in liver, TD02 is expressed in neurons, microglia and astrocytes and the potential benefit of TD02 inhibition in the context of glioma was shown in another animal model. Platten and collaborators demonstrated that the tryptophan catabolite kynurenine produced by TDO expressed in the tumor cells suppresses antitumour immune responses and promotes tumor-cell survival and motility through the AHR in an autocrine/paracrine fashion (Opitz CA et al., Nature, 2011, 478(7368), 197-203). The TDO-AHR pathway is active in human brain tumours and is associated with malignant progression and poor survival. Further evidence came from the accumulation of a downstream metabolite, quinolinic acid which accumulates in human gliomas and was associated with a malignant phenotype (Sahm et al., Cancer Res, 2013, 73(11), 3225-34). Here tryptophan catabolism was shown to occur in microglia cells as well. The above data thus provides evidence for TD02 targeting in glioma with brain-penetrant small molecules.
Other tumor types in which TD02 mRNA was found are breast carcinoma, bladder, renal cell, pancreatic, colorectal, head & neck carcinoma and lung carcinoma as well as melanoma thus broadening the scope of TD02 targeting beyond HCC and glioma (Pilotte L et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 2012, 109(7), 2497-502).
The enhanced Tryptophan degradation observed in patients with gynaecological cancers (ovarian carcinoma, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer) provides additional rationale for TD02 targeting in those cancers (Sperner-Unterweger B et al, Immunology, 2011, 216 (3); 296-301).
The tryptophan catabolism in some cancers might be also increased by the expression of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenasel (IDOl) by tumor cells (Uyttenhove, C. et al., Nat. Med., 2003, 9, 1269-1274). Because tryptophan catabolism is induced by inflammatory mediators, notably IFN-gamma, it is thought to represent an endogenous mechanism that restricts excessive immune responses, thereby preventing immunopathology. However in the context of cancer, there is strong evidence that suppression of antitumor immune responses in precancerous lesions and established cancers by tryptophan catabolism promotes tumor growth, which would make such catabolism an attractive target for therapeutic intervention (Dolusic E and Frederick R., Expert Opin Ther Pat., 2013, 23(10), 1367-81). Hence, a considerable effort is being made to identify selective and efficient inhibitors of tryptophan catabolism to enhance the efficacy of conventional chemotherapy, immune checkpoints (Holmgaard RB et al., J Exp Med., 2013, 210(7), 1389-402) or therapeutic vaccines.
Some TD02 inhibitors were proposed in WO2010/008427 and by Dolusic, E. et al. (Dolusic et al., J. Med. Chem., 2011, 54, 5320-5334), however either their affinity for the target is limited, or their pharmacokinetic properties are not suitable for development as a drug for human use. Therefore, there is a need for new TD02 inhibitors with improved efficacy for cancer treatment and/or prevention.
The present invention provides new TD02 inhibitors which may be administered to any patient diagnosed with cancer, or any subject being at risk of developing a cancer.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION Compounds
This invention relates to compounds of Formula I:
and pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, wherein:
X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H, halogen or haloalkyl, preferably H, F or CF3, more preferably H or F;
M and Q represent each independently H, halogen, hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising halogen, hydroxyl, 1 2 1 2
CONR R , NR COR wherein R 1 and R 2 represent each independently a group, optionally substituted, selected from C 1-C6 alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl; preferably M and Q represent each independently H, methyl or CF3, more preferably H or methyl;
A represents:
a hydrogen atom;
aryl, optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, amido, carboxy, amino, cyano, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, alkyl;
- heteroaryl, optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, amido, carboxy, amino, cyano, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, alkyl; preferably substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl or pyridazine, more preferably substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl;
CI -C IO alkyl, linear or branched, optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group comprising halogen, hydroxyl, COOR1,
wherein R 1 and R 2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group, optionally substituted, selected from C1-C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, amino;
- heterocyclyl, preferably selected from azetidine, piperidine, morpholine, piperazine, tetrahydrofurane, tetrahydropyrane, tetrahydro-thiopyran- dioxide, dioxane, imidazolidinone, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidinone; optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group comprising alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, alkoxy, COOR1, COR1, CONR^2, NR^OR2, NRXR2, S02R\ SOR1, wherein R1 and R2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S02Me;
C1-C3 alkyl-heterocyclyl, preferably selected from azetidine, piperidine, morpholine, piperazine, tetrahydrofurane, tetrahydropyrane, tetrahydro- thiopyran-dioxide, dioxane, imidazolidinone, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidinone; wherein both the C1-C3 alkyl and the heterocyclyl are optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group comprising alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, alkoxy, COOR1, COR1,
NR 1 S02R2 , SOR 1 , wherein R 1 and R2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group, optionally substituted, selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S02Me;
cycloalkyl, preferably cyclobutane or cyclohexyl, optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group comprising alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, alkoxy, COOR1, COR1,
NR 1 S02R2 , SOR 1 , wherein R 1 and R2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S02Me;
C1-C3 alkyl-cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group comprising alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, alkoxy, COOR1, COR1,
wherein R 1 and R 2 represent each independently a group selected from Cl- C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S02Me.
According to one embodiment, compounds of the invention are of Formula I as defined above, under the condition that the compound of Formula I is not:
2- (4-(lH-indol-3-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethanamine
3- ( 1 - (tert-butyl)- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)- 1 H-indole
3- ( 1 -ethyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)- 1 H-indole
3-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
3-(l-(4-fluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
3-( 1 -(4-chlorophenyl)- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)- 1 H-indole
3-(l-(4-bromophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
3-(l-(4-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
3-(l-(p-tolyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
3-( 1 -phenyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole
3- (lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
4- (lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-ol.
According to a specific embodiment, in Formula I, group A is not H. According to a another specific embodiment, when X 1 , X 2 and Q are hydrogen atoms in formula I, then, group A is not H.
According to a specific embodiment, in Formula I, group A is not an optionally substituted aryl group, more specifically, group A is not an optionally substituted phenyl group. According to a preferred specific embodiment, when X 1 , X 2 , M and Q are hydrogen atoms in formula I, then, group A is not an optionally substituted aryl group, more specifically, group A is not an optionally substituted phenyl group. According to a specific embodiment, in Formula I, group A is not a CI -CIO alkyl, preferably, group A is not a C1-C4 alkyl, more preferably, group A is not methyl, ethyl or butyl. According to a preferred specific embodiment, when X 1 , X 2 , M and Q are hydrogen atoms in formula I, then, group A is not is not a CI -CIO alkyl, preferably, group A is not a C1-C4 alkyl.
According to a specific embodiment, in Formula I, group A is not a substituted CI -CIO alkyl, preferably, group A is not a substituted C1-C4 alkyl, more preferably, group A is not a substituted ethyl. According to a preferred specific embodiment, when X 1 and X 2 arehydrogen atoms and when M and Q are methyl groups in formula I, then, group A is not a substituted C1-C10 alkyl, preferably, group A is not a substituted C1-C4 alkyl, more preferably, group A is not a substituted ethyl.
In one embodiment, preferred compounds of Formula I are those of Formula la:
and pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, wherein:
X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H, halogen or haloalkyl, preferably H, F or CF3, more preferably H or F;
M and Q represent each independently H, halogen, hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising halogen, hydroxyl, CONR 1 R2 , NR 1 COR2 wherein R 1 and R 2 represent each independently a group, optionally substituted, selected from C1-C6 alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl; preferably M and Q represent each independently H, methyl or CF3, more preferably H or methyl;
n represents an integer equal to 0, 1, 2 or 3; mi and m2 represent each independently an integer equal to 1 or 2;
Y 1 and Y2 represent each independently CR 7 , N, O, S02, wherein R 7 represents H or hydroxyl;
R represents H, alkyl;
4 4' 5 5'
R , R , R and R represent each independently H, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl or 4 4' gether an oxo moiety or 5 5'
R and R form to R and R form together an oxo moiety;
R6 is absent or represents H, alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, COR1, COOR1, CONR^2, NR^OR2, NR R2, SO2R1, S02NR1R2, NR1S02R2, SOR1, wherein R1 and R2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S02Me.
In one embodiment, preferred compounds of Formula I are those of Formula Ia-1:
and pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, wherein:
X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H or F;
M and Q represent each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halogen;
Y represents N or CH;
4 4' 5 5'
R , R , R and R represent each independently H, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl or 4 4' ogether an oxo moiety or 5 5'
R and R form t R and R form together an oxo moiety, preferably 4 4' 5 5'
R , R , R and R represent H or oxo; R6 represents H, alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, COOR1, COR1,
NR 1 S02R2 , SOR 1 , wherein R 1 and R2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S02Me; preferably R6 represents H, COOH, COMe, CONH2, CONHMe. one embodiment, preferred compounds of Formula I are those of Formula Ia-2:
and pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, wherein:
X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H or F;
M and Q represent each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted one or more alogen;
Y represents N or CH; preferably Y is N;
R4, R4', R4", R4'", R5, R5 , R5" and R5'" represent each independently H, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl or R 4 and R 4' form together an oxo moiety or
4" 4'" 5 5*
R and R form together an oxo moiety or R and R form together an oxo
5" 5'" 4 4' 4" moiety or R and R form together an oxo moiety, preferably R , R , R , R4'", R5, R5 , R5" and R5"'represent H or oxo;
R6 represents
- H; alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; preferably methyl or -CH2- CH2-OH;
cycloalkyl;
- halogen;
hydroxyl;
oxo;
COR1, wherein R1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et, iPr, tBu; cycloalkyl, preferably cyclopropane; alkene, preferably ethylene; amino, preferably NMe¾ wherein R1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, preferably F; hydroxyl; alkoxy, preferably OMe; COOH; amino, preferably NMe2 or NH2; S02Me;
COOR1, wherein R1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et, iPr, tBu; cycloalkyl; alkene; amino; wherein R1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen; hydroxyl; alkoxy; COOH; amino; S02Me.
In one embodiment, preferred compounds of Formula I are those of Formula Ia-2:
and pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, wherein:
X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H or F;
M and Q represent each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted one or more alogen;
Y represents N or CH; preferably Y is N; R4, R4', R4", R4'", R5, R5 , R5" and R5'" represent each independently H, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl or R 4 and R 4' form together an oxo moiety or
4" 4'" 5 5*
R and R form together an oxo moiety or R and R form together an oxo
5" 5'" 4 4' 4" moiety or R and R form together an oxo moiety, preferably R , R , R , R4'", R5, R5 , R5" and R5"'represent H or oxo;
R6 represents
- H;
alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; preferably methyl or -CH2-
CH2-OH;
cycloalkyl;
halogen;
hydroxyl;
oxo;
COR1, wherein R1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et, iPr, tBu; cycloalkyl, preferably cyclopropane; alkene, preferably ethylene; amino, preferably NMe2; wherein R1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, preferably F; hydroxyl; alkoxy, preferably OMe; COOH; amino, preferably NMe2 or NH2; S02Me. one embodiment, preferred compounds of Formula Ia-2 are those of Formula Ia-2' :
and pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, wherein: X 1 and X2 represent each independently H or F; preferably X 1 represents F and X2 represents H;
Y represents N or CH; preferably Y is N;
R6 represents
- H;
alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; preferably methyl or -CH2- CH2-OH;
cycloalkyl;
- halogen;
hydroxyl;
oxo;
COR1, wherein R1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et, nPr, iPr, iBu, tBu; cycloalkyl, preferably cyclopropane; alkene, preferably ethylene; amino, preferably NH2, NHMe or NMe¾ wherein R1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, preferably F; hydroxyl; alkoxy, preferably OMe; COOH; amino, preferably NMe2 or NH2; S02Me.
In a specific embodiment, in Formula Ia-2', R6 represents COR1 or wherein R1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et, nPr, iPr, iBu, tBu; cycloalkyl, preferably cyclopropane; alkene, preferably ethylene; amino, preferably NH2, NHMe or NMe¾ wherein R1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, preferably F; hydroxyl; alkoxy, preferably OMe; COOH; amino, preferably NMe2 or NH2; S02Me. In a specific embodiment, in Formula Ia-2', R6 represents COR1, wherein R1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et or nPr; wherein R1 groups are optionally substituted by S02Me.
In a specific embodiment, in Formula Ia-2', R6 represents S02R1, wherein R1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et, nPr, iPr, tBu; wherein R1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, preferably F; hydroxyl; alkoxy, preferably OMe; COOH; amino, preferably NMe2 or NH2; S02Me.
In one embodiment, preferred compounds of Formula I are those of Formula Ia-3:
and pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, wherein:
X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H or F;
M and Q represent each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted one or more halogen;
Y represents N or CH; preferably Y is N;
R6 represents
- H;
alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH;
cycloalkyl, preferably cyclopropane;
- COR1, SO2R1, wherein R1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably methyl or ethyl; cycloalkyl; alkene; amino; wherein R1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen,; hydroxyl; alkoxy; COOH; amino; S02Me.
In one embodiment, preferred compounds of Formula I are those of Formula lb:
and pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, wherein:
X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H, halogen or haloalkyl, preferably H, F or CF3, more preferably H or F;
M and Q represent each independently H, halogen, hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising halogen, hydroxyl, CONR 1 R2 , NR 1 COR2 wherein R 1 and R 2 represent each independently a group, optionally substituted, selected from C1-C6 alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl; preferably M and Q represent each independently H, methyl or CF3, more preferably H or methyl;
n represents an integer equal to 1, 2 or 3, preferably 1 or 2;
R represents H, alkyl;
R represents H, alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, COOH, CONH2; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, COR1, COOR1,
S02NR1R2, NR1S02R2, SOR1, wherein R1 and R2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S02Me.
In one embodiment, preferred compounds of Formula I are those of Formula Ic:
and pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, wherein:
X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H, halogen or haloalkyl, preferably H, F or CF3, more preferably H or F; M and Q represent each independently H, halogen, hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted one or more substituents selected from the group comprising halogen, hydroxyl, CONR 1 R1 , NR1 COR2 wherein R 1 and R 2 represent each independently a group, optionally substituted, selected from C1-C6 alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl; preferably M and Q represent each independently H, methyl or CF3, more preferably H or methyl;
Y3, Y4, Y5 represent each independently N or CH;
R9 is absent or represents H; halogen, preferably CI; amino, preferably NH2.
In a preferred embodiment, in compounds of Formula Ic of the invention at least one of Y3, Y4, Y5 represent N.
Particularly preferred compounds of Formula I of the invention are those listed in Table 1 hereafter.
3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)- 3-methyl- 1 H-pyrazol- 1 - 286.30 yl)propanamide
C| 5Hl 5FN40
3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)- 5-methyl- 1 H-pyrazol- 1 - 286.30 yl)propanamide
C15H15FN40
3-(4-(lH-indol-3-yl)-5- (trifluoromethyl)- 1 H-pyrazol- 322.29 1 -yl)propanamide
C15H13F3N40
N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-3- (4-(6-fluoro- 1 H-indol-3-yl)- 343.40 lH-pyrazol- 1 -yl)propanamide
C18H22FN50 0
3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol- 1 -yl) -N- 286.30 methylpropanamide
C15H15FN40
0
3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N,N- 300.33 dimethylpropanamide
H
C16H17FN40
0
3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrazol- 1 -yl)propanoic 273.26 acid
H
C14H12FN302
0
N N- ~^OH
3-(4-(5 ,6-difluoro- 1 H-indol-3- yl)- 1 H-pyrazol- 1 -yl)propanoic 291.25 acid
H
Ci Hi "| F2N302
l-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3- yl)- 1 H-pyrazol- 1- 313.33 yl)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one
C16H16FN50 6-fluoro-3-(l-(2- (methylsulfonyl)ethyl)- 1 H- 307.34 pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
C-14H-14FN3O2S
5,6-difluoro-3-(l-(2- (methylsulfonyl)ethyl)- 1 H- 325.33 pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
C14H13F2N3O2S
3-(3.5-dimethyl-l-(2- (methylsulfonyl)ethyl)- 1 H-
335.40 pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH- indole
C16H18FN302S
0
3- (l -(2-
(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-5-
357.35 (trifluoromethyl)- 1 H-pyrazol-
4- yl)-lH-indole
C15H14F3N302S
6-fluoro-3-(l-((l- methylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
Ci 8H2i FN4
6-fluoro-3-(l-((l- (methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4- yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole
C18H21 FN4O2S
3-(3,5-dimethyl-l- (piperidin-4-ylmethyl)- 1 H- pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro- 1H- indole
¾F
6-fluoro-3-(3-methyl- 1- (piperidin-4-ylmethyl)- 1 H- pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
C, 8H21FN4
6-fluoro-3-(5-methyl- 1- (piperidin-4-ylmethyl)- 1 H- pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
C18H21FN4
(lR,4R)-4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH- indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclohexanecarboxamide
C18H19FN40
(lR,4R)-4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH- indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclohexanol
C17H18FN30
(lR,4R)-4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH- indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclohexanol
C17H18FN30
6-fluoro-3- ( 1 H-pyrazol-4- yl)-lH-indole
CnH8FN3
6-fluoro-3-( 1 ,3,5-trimethyl-
243.28 lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- IH-indole
C14H14FN3
3-(l-methyl-5- (trifluoromethyl)- 1H- 265.23 pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
C13H10F3N3
6-fluoro-3-(l-(piperidin-4- yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- 284.33 indole
C16H17FN4
2- (4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-
3- yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- 328.38 yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)ethanol
C18H21 FN40
4-(4-(6-fluoro- lH-indol-3- yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- 327.36 yl)piperidine- 1 -carboxamide
C17H18FN,0
methyl 4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH- indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- 342.37 yl)piperidine- 1 -carboxylate
C18H19FN402
2-amino-l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro- lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrazol- 341.38 1 -yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)ethanone
C18H20FN5O
126
(S)-2-amino-l-(4-(4-(6- fluoro- lH-indol-3-yl)- 1H-
355.41 pyrazol- 1 -yl)piperidin- 1 - yl)propan-l-one
C| 9H22FN50 or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof.
In Table 1, the term "Cpd" means compound.
The compounds of Table 1 were named using ChemBioDraw® Ultra version 12.0 (PerkinElmer). The compounds of Formula I and subformulae thereof may contain an asymmetric center and thus may exist as different stereoisomeric forms. Accordingly, the present invention includes all possible stereoisomers and includes not only racemic compounds but the individual enantiomers and their non-racemic mixtures as well. When a compound is desired as a single enantiomer, such may be obtained by stereospecific synthesis, by resolution of the final product or any convenient intermediate, or by chiral chromatographic methods as each are known in the art. Resolution of the final product, an intermediate, or a starting material may be performed by any suitable method known in the art.
The compounds of the invention may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of formula I include the acid addition and base salts thereof. Suitable acid addition salts are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts. Examples include the acetate, adipate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bicarbonate/carbonate, bisulphate/sulphate, borate, camsylate, citrate, cyclamate, edisylate, esylate, formate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glucuronate, hexafluorophosphate, hibenzate, hydrochloride/chloride, hydrobromide/bromide, hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, malate, maleate, malonate, mesylate, methylsulphate, naphthylate, 2-napsylate, nicotinate, nitrate, orotate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, phosphate/hydrogen phosphate/dihydrogen phosphate, pyroglutamate, saccharate, stearate, succinate, tannate, tartrate, tosylate, trifluoroacetate and xinofoate salts. Suitable base salts are formed from bases which form non-toxic salts. Examples include the aluminium, arginine, benzathine, calcium, choline, diethylamine, diolamine, glycine, lysine, magnesium, meglumine, olamine, potassium, sodium, tromethamine, 2- (diethylamino)ethanol, ethanolamine, morpholine, 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)morpholine and zinc salts. Hemisalts of acids and bases may also be formed, for example, hemisulphate and hemicalcium salts. Preferred, pharmaceutically acceptable salts include hydrochloride/chloride, hydrobromide/bromide, bisulphate/sulphate, nitrate, citrate, and acetate.
When the compounds of the invention contain an acidic group as well as a basic group the compounds of the invention may also form internal salts, and such compounds are within the scope of the invention. When the compounds of the invention contain a hydrogen-donating heteroatom (e.g. NH), the invention also covers salts and/or isomers formed by transfer of said hydrogen atom to a basic group or atom within the molecule.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of Formula I may be prepared by one or more of these methods:
(i) by reacting the compound of Formula I with the desired acid; (ii) by reacting the compound of Formula I with the desired base;
(iii) by removing an acid- or base-labile protecting group from a suitable precursor of the compound of Formula I or by ring-opening a suitable cyclic precursor, for example, a lactone or lactam, using the desired acid; or
(iv) by converting one salt of the compound of Formula I to another by reaction with an appropriate acid or by means of a suitable ion exchange column.
All these reactions are typically carried out in solution. The salt, may precipitate from solution and be collected by filtration or may be recovered by evaporation of the solvent. The degree of ionization in the salt may vary from completely ionized to almost non-ionized.
The compounds of the present invention may be administered in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" is intended to include all acceptable salts such as acetate, lactobionate, benzenesulfonate, laurate, benzoate, malate, bicarbonate, maleate, bisulfate, mandelate, bitartrate, mesylate, borate, methylbromide, bromide, methylnitrate, calcium edetate, methylsulfate, camsylate, mucate, carbonate, napsylate, chloride, nitrate, clavulanate, N- methylglucamine, citrate, ammonium salt, dihydrochloride, oleate, edetate, oxalate, edisylate, pamoate (embonate), estolate, palmitate, esylate, pantothenate, fumarate, phosphate/diphosphate, gluceptate, polygalacturonate, gluconate, salicylate, glutamate, stearate, glycollylarsanilate, sulfate, hexylresorcinate, subacetate, hydrabamine, succinate, hydrobromide, tannate, hydrochloride, tartrate, hydroxynaphthoate, teoclate, iodide, tosylate, isothionate, triethiodide, lactate, panoate, valerate, and the like which can be used as a dosage form for modifying the solubility or hydrolysis characteristics or can be used in sustained release or pro-drug formulations. Depending on the particular functionality of the compound of the present invention, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include those formed from cations such as sodium, potassium, aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, zinc, and from bases such as ammonia, ethylenediamine, N-methyl-glutamine, lysine, arginine, ornithine, choline, Ν,Ν'-dibenzylethylene-diamine, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, procaine, N-benzylphenethyl-amine, diethylamine, piperazine, tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane, and tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
These salts may be prepared by standard procedures, e.g. by reacting a free acid with a suitable organic or inorganic base. Where a basic group is present, such as amino, an acidic salt, i.e. hydrochloride, hydrobromide, acetate, palmoate, and the like, can be used as the dosage form.
Also, in the case of an alcohol group being present, pharmaceutically acceptable esters can be employed, e.g. acetate, maleate, pivaloyloxymethyl, and the like, and those esters known in the art for modifying solubility or hydrolysis characteristics for use as sustained release or prodrug formulations.
The compounds of the present invention may be administered in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable solvate. The term "solvates" is taken to mean adductions of inert solvent molecules onto the compounds which form owing to their mutual attractive force. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable solvate" is intended to include all acceptable solvates such as hydrates or alcoholates and the like. Depending on the particular structures of the compound of the present invention, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates of the compounds of this invention include those formed from (but not limited to) water, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 2-methyl-2-propanol, acetic acid, ethyl acetate, 1 -propyl acetate or 2-propyl acetate.
These solvates may be prepared by standard procedures, e.g. by crystallizing or precipitating a compound of the invention in presence of a solvent such as, but not limited to, water, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 2-methyl-2-propanol, acetic acid, ethyl acetate, 1-propyl acetate or 2-propyl acetate.
All references to compounds of formula I include references to enantiomers, salts, solvates, polymorphs, multi- component complexes and liquid crystals thereof.
The compounds of the invention include compounds of formula I as hereinbefore defined, including all polymorphs and crystal habits thereof, prodrugs and isomers thereof (including optical, geometric and tautomeric isomers) and isotopically- labeled compounds of formula I.
In addition, although generally, with respect to the salts of the compounds of the invention, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are preferred, it should be noted that the invention in its broadest sense also included non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts, which may for example be used in the isolation and/or purification of the compounds of the invention. For example, salts formed with optically active acids or bases may be used to form diastereoisomeric salts that can facilitate the separation of optically active isomers of the compounds of Formula I above. The invention also generally covers all pharmaceutically acceptable predrugs and prodrugs of the compounds of Formula I.
Process for manufacturing
The compounds of Formula I can be prepared by different ways with reactions known to a person skilled in the art.
(A) Process involving a protection of the indole amine
The invention further relates to a process (A) for manufacturing of compounds of Formula I,
and pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, wherein X\ X", M, Q and A are as defined above; comprising deprotecting the indole amine of compound of Formual IV:
wherein
X 1\ X 2", M, Q and A are as defined above;and
Z1 represents an amino-protecting group such as for example an arylsulphonyl, a tert-butoxy carbonyl, a methoxymethyl, a para-methoxy benzyl, a benzyl or any other suitable protecting group known by those skilled in the art; to afford compound of Formula I.
According to one embodiment, deprotection step of the process (A) of the invention, depending on the nature of the group Z1, may be performed by treatment with bases, such as but not limited to sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, in the presence or absence of a suitable solvent such as but not limited to methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, iert-butanol, THF, DMF, dioxane, water or a mixture thereof, at a temperature between about 20 °C to about 100 °C, preferably at about 85 °C, for a few hours, e.g. one hour to 24 h. Alternatively, depending on the nature of the group Z1, step b) may be performed in the presence of strong acids, such as but not limited to HC1, TFA, HF, HBr, in the presence or absence of a suitable solvent such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, iert-butanol, THF, DMF, Dioxane, water or a mixture thereof, at a temperature between about 20 °C to about 100 °C, for a period comprised between 10 minutes and a few hours, e.g. 10 minutes to 24 h.
According to one embodiment, the process (A) of the invention further comprises a preliminary step, selected for step(al) or step (a2), according to the following general scheme
The invention relates to a first process (Al) of manufacturing of compounds of Formula I, according to the following general scheme:
According to an embodiment, the first process (Al) of manufacturing of compounds of Formula I:
and pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, wherein X\ X", M, Q and A are as defined above; is characterized in that it comprises the following steps: (al) reacting a compound of Formula II,
wherein
X 1A and X 2" are defined as above;
Z1 represents an amino-protecting group such as for example an arylsulphonyl, a tert-butoxy carbonyl, a methoxymethyl, a para-methoxy benzyl, a benzyl or any other suitable protecting group known by those skilled in the art;
Z represents an halogen (preferably iodine, bromine or chlorine), an alkylsulfonyloxy having 1-6 carbon atoms (preferably methylsulfonyloxy or trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy) or arylsulfonyloxy having 6-10 carbon atoms (preferably phenyl- or p-tolylsulfonyloxy); with a compound of Formula III
wherein
M, Q and A are defined as above;
Z3 and Z4 represent alkyl groups, with the possibility for Z3 and Z4 to form together a ring; so as to obtain a compound of Formula IV,
wherein X 1 , X2 , M, Q, A and Z 1 are defined as above;
(b) deprotecting the indole amine of compound of Formual IV, to afford compound of Formula I.
According to one embodiment, step (al) of the process (Al) of the invention may be performed with or without a catalyst such as but not limited to Pd2(dba)3, Pd(PPh )4, dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) or 1,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocenedichloro palladium(II), Pd(OAc)2, or Pd/C in the presence or absence of an additional ligand, such as but not limited to X-Phos, S-Phos, P(oTol) , PPh , BINAP, P(iBu) or any other suitable phosphine ligand known to those skilled in the art. According to one embodiment, step (al) of the process (Al) of the invention is preferably performed in the presence of bases such as but not limited to K3PO4, K2CO3, Na2C03.
According to one embodiment, step (al) of the process (Al) of the invention is preferably performed in the presence of a suitable solvent such as but not limited to dioxane, THF, DMF, water or mixtures thereof, preferably in a mixture of dioxane or THF and water.
According to one embodiment, step (al) of the process (Al) of the invention may be carried out at a temperature ranging from about 20 °C to about 180 °C, with or without microwave irradiation, for a period ranging from 10 minutes to a few hours, preferably from 10 minutes to 24 h.
The invention further relates to a second process (A2) of manufacturing of compounds of Formula I, according to the following general scheme:
and pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, wherein X1, X", M, Q and A are as defined above; is characterized in that it comprises the following steps: (a2) reacting a compound of Formula V,
wherein
X\ X", M and Q are defined as above; and
Z1 represents an amino-protecting group such as for example an arylsulphonyl, a tert-butoxy carbonyl, a methoxymethyl, a para-methoxy benzyl, a benzyl or any other suitable protecting group known by those skilled in the art; with a compound of Formula VI z5 A wherein
A is defined as above; and
Z5 represents an halogen (preferably iodine, bromine or chlorine), alkylsulfonyloxy having 1-6 carbon atoms (preferably methylsulfonyloxy or trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy) or arylsulfonyloxy having 6-10 carbon atoms
(preferably phenyl- or p-tolylsulfonyloxy), or any other leaving group known to those skilled in the art; so as to obtain a compound of Formula IV,
wherein X 1 , X2 , M, 1
Q, A and Z are defined as above;
(b) deprotecting the indole amine of compound of Formual IV, to afford compound of Formula I.
According to one embodiment, step (a2) of the process (A2) of the invention may be performed in the presence of bases such as but not limited to cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide.
According to one embodiment, step (a2) of the process (A2) of the invention may be performed in the presence of a suitable solvent such as but not limited to DMF, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, ie/t-butanol, THF, dioxane, dichloromethane, water.
According to one embodiment, step (a2) of the process (A2) of the invention may be performed in the presence or absence of catalytic amounts of appropriate iodide salts, such as but not limited to tetrabutylammonium iodide.
According to one embodiment, step (a2) of the process (A2) of the invention may be carried out at a temperature between about 20 °C to about 180 °C, with or without microwave irradiation, for a period comprised between 10 minutes and a few hours, e.g. 10 minutes to 24 h.
(B) General process
The invention further relates to a general process (Bl) for manufacturing of compounds of Formula I,
and pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, wherein X\ X", M, Q and A are as defined above; characterized in that it comprises the following steps: (a3) reacting a compound of Formula II,
wherein
X 1A and X 2" are defined as above;
Z1 represents H or an amino-protecting group such as for example an arylsulphonyl, a tert-butoxy carbonyl, a methoxymethyl, a para-methoxy benzyl, a benzyl or any other suitable protecting group known by those skilled in the art; Z represents an halogen (preferably iodine, bromine or chlorine), an alkylsulfonyloxy having 1-6 carbon atoms (preferably methylsulfonyloxy or trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy) or arylsulfonyloxy having 6-10 carbon atoms (preferably phenyl- or p-tolylsulfonyloxy); a compound of Formula III
wherein
M, Q and A are defined as above;
Z3 and Z4 represent alkyl groups, with the possibility for Z3 and Z4 to form together a ring; so as to obtain a compound of Formula IV,
wherein X 1 , X2 , M, Q, A and Z 1 are defined as above; and
(b) in the case wherein Z1 is not H, deprotecting the indole amine of compound of Formula IV, to afford compound of Formula I. According to one embodiment, step (a3) of the process (Bl) of the invention may be performed as described above for step (al) of the process (Al).
According to one embodiment, step (b) of the process (Bl) of the invention may be performed as described above for step (b) of the process (A).
The invention further relates to a general process (B2) for manufacturing of compounds of Formula I,
and pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, wherein X\ X", M, Q and A are as defined above; characterized in that it comprises the following steps:
(a4) reacting a compound of Formula V,
wherein
X\ X", M and Q are defined as above; and
Z1 represents H or an amino-protecting group such as for example an arylsulphonyl, a tert-butoxy carbonyl, a methoxymethyl, a para-methoxy benzyl, a benzyl or any other suitable protecting group known by those skilled in the art; with a compound of Formula VI z5 A wherein
A is defined as above; and
Z5 represents an halogen (preferably iodine, bromine or chlorine), alkylsulfonyloxy having 1-6 carbon atoms (preferably methylsulfonyloxy or trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy) or arylsulfonyloxy having 6-10 carbon atoms (preferably phenyl- or p-tolylsulfonyloxy), or any other leaving group known to those skilled in the art; so as to obtain a compound of Formula IV,
wherein X 1 , X2 , M, Q, A and Z 1 are defined as above; and
(b) in the case wherein Z1 is not H, deprotecting the indole amine of compound of Formula IV, to afford compound of Formula I.
According to one embodiment, step (a4) of the process (B2) of the invention may be performed as described above for step (a2) of the process (A2).
According to one embodiment, step (b) of the process (B2) of the invention may be performed as described above for step (b) of the process (A). In general, the synthesis pathways for any individual compound of Formula (I) will depend on the specific substituents of each molecule and upon the ready availability of intermediates necessary; again such factors being appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art.
According to a further general process, compounds of Formula I can be converted to alternative compounds of Formula I, employing suitable interconversion techniques well known by a person skilled in the art.
Compounds of the formula (I) and related formulae can furthermore be obtained by liberating compounds of the formula (I) from one of their functional derivatives by treatment with a solvolysing or hydrogenolysing agent.
Preferred starting materials for the solvolysis or hydrogenolysis are those which conform to the formula I and related formulae, but contain corresponding protected amino and/or hydroxyl groups instead of one or more free amino and/or hydroxyl groups, preferably those which carry an amino-protecting group instead of an H atom bonded to an N atom, in particular those which carry an R*-N group, in which R* denotes an amino-protecting group, instead of an HN group, and/or those which carry a hydroxyl-protecting group instead of the H atom of a hydroxyl group, for example those which conform to the formula I, but carry a -COOR** group, in which R** denotes a hydroxyl-protecting group, instead of a -COOH group.
It is also possible for a plurality of - identical or different - protected amino and/or hydroxyl groups to be present in the molecule of the starting material. If the protecting groups present are different from one another, they can in many cases be cleaved off selectively. The term "amino-protecting group" is known in general terms and relates to groups which are suitable for protecting (blocking) an amino group against chemical reactions, but which are easy to remove after the desired chemical reaction has been carried out elsewhere in the molecule. Typical of such groups are, in particular, unsubstituted or substituted acyl, aryl, aralkoxymethyl or aralkyl groups. Since the amino-protecting groups are removed after the desired reaction (or reaction sequence), their type and size are furthermore not crucial; however, preference is given to those having 1-20, in particular 1-8, carbon atoms. The term "acyl group" is to be understood in the broadest sense in connection with the present process. It includes acyl groups derived from aliphatic, araliphatic, aromatic or heterocyclic carboxylic acids or sulfonic acids, and, in particular, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl and especially aralkoxycarbonyl groups. Examples of such acyl groups are alkanoyl, such as acetyl, propionyl and butyryl; aralkanoyl, such as phenylacetyl; aroyl, such as benzoyl and tolyl; aryloxyalkanoyl, such as POA; alkoxycarbonyl, such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, 2,2,2- trichloroethoxycarbonyl, BOC (tert-butoxycarbonyl) and 2-iodoethoxycarbonyl; aralkoxycarbonyl, such as CBZ ("carbobenzoxy"), 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl and FMOC; and arylsulfonyl, such as Mtr. Preferred amino-protecting groups are BOC and Mtr, furthermore CBZ, Fmoc, benzyl and acetyl. The term "hydroxyl-protecting group" is likewise known in general terms and relates to groups which are suitable for protecting a hydroxyl group against chemical reactions, but are easy to remove after the desired chemical reaction has been carried out elsewhere in the molecule. Typical of such groups are the above-mentioned unsubstituted or substituted aryl, aralkyl or acyl groups, furthermore also alkyl groups. The nature and size of the hydroxyl-protecting groups are not crucial since they are removed again after the desired chemical reaction or reaction sequence; preference is given to groups having 1-20, in particular 1-10, carbon atoms. Examples of hydroxyl- protecting groups are, inter alia, benzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, p-nitrobenzoyl, p- toluenesulfonyl, tert-butyl and acetyl, where benzyl and tert-butyl are particularly preferred.
The compounds of the formula I and related formulae are liberated from their functional derivatives - depending on the protecting group used - by using for example strong inorganic acids, such as hydrochloric acid, perchloric acid or sulfuric acid, strong organic carboxylic acids, such as trichloroacetic acid, TFA or sulfonic acids, such as benzene- or p-toluenesulfonic acid. The presence of an additional inert solvent is possible, but is not always necessary. Suitable inert solvents are preferably organic, for example carboxylic acids, such as acetic acid, ethers, such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, amides, such as DMF, halogenated hydrocarbons, such as dichloromethane, furthermore also alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol or isopropanol, and water. Mixtures of the above-mentioned solvents are furthermore suitable. TFA is preferably used in excess without addition of a further solvent, and perchloric acid is preferably used in the form of a mixture of acetic acid and 70% perchloric acid in the ratio 9: 1. The reaction temperatures for the cleavage are advantageously between about 0 and about 50°C, preferably between 15 and 30°C (room temperature). The BOC, OtBu and Mtr groups can, for example, preferably be cleaved off using TFA in dichloromethane or using approximately 3 to 5N HC1 in dioxane at 15-30°C, and the FMOC group can be cleaved off using an approximately 5 to 50% solution of dimethylamine, diethylamine or piperidine in DMF at 15-30°C.
Protecting groups which can be removed hydrogenolytically (for example CBZ, benzyl or the liberation of the amidino group from the oxadiazole derivative thereof) can be cleaved off, for example, by treatment with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst (for example a noble-metal catalyst, such as palladium, advantageously on a support, such as carbon). Suitable solvents here are those indicated above, in particular, for example, alcohols, such as methanol or ethanol, or amides, such as DMF. The hydrogenolysis is generally carried out at temperatures between about 0 and 100°C and pressures between about 1 and 200 bar, preferably at 20-30°C and 1-10 bar. Hydrogenolysis of the CBZ group succeeds well, for example, on 5 to 10% Pd/C in methanol or using ammonium formate (instead of hydrogen) on Pd/C in methanol/DMF at 20-30°C.
Examples of suitable inert solvents are hydrocarbons, such as hexane, petroleum ether, benzene, toluene or xylene; chlorinated hydrocarbons, such as trichloroethylene, 1,2- dichloroethane, tetrachloromethane, trifluoromethylbenzene, chloroform or dichloromethane; alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-propanol, n- butanol or tert-butanol; ethers, such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran (THF) or dioxane; glycol ethers, such as ethylene glycol monomethyl or monoethyl ether or ethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme); ketones, such as acetone or butanone; amides, such as acetamide, dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) or dimethyl-iformamide (DMF); nitriles, such as acetonitrile; sulfoxides, such as dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO); carbon disulfide; carboxylic acids, such as formic acid or acetic acid; nitro compounds, such as nitromethane or nitrobenzene; esters, such as ethyl acetate, or mixtures of the said solvents.
Esters can be hydrolysed, for example, using HC1, H2SO4, or using LiOH, NaOH or KOH in water, water/THF, water/THF/ethanol or water/dioxane, at temperatures between 0 and 100°C.
Free amino groups can furthermore be acylated in a conventional manner using an acyl chloride or anhydride or alkylated using an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl halide, advantageously in an inert solvent, such as dichloromethane or THF and/or in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine or pyridine, at temperatures between -60°C and +30°C.
For all the protection and deprotection methods, see Philip J. Kocienski, in "Protecting Groups", Georg Thieme Verlag Stuttgart, New York, 1994 and, Theodora W. Greene and Peter G. M. Wuts in "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Wiley Interscience, 3rd Edition 1999.
Reaction schemes as described in the example section are illustrative only and should not be construed as limiting the invention in any way. Use
The invention is further directed to the use of the compounds of the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof as TD02 inhibitors.
Accordingly, in a particularly preferred embodiment, the invention relates to the use of compounds of Formula I and subformulae in particular those of Table 1 above, or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, as TD02 inhibitors. Accordingly, in another aspect, the invention relates to the use of these compounds or enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof for the synthesis of pharmaceutical active ingredients, such as TD02 inhibitors.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to the use of compounds of Formula I and subformulae in particular those of Table 1 above, or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, for increasing immune recognition and destruction of the cancer cells.
The compounds of the invention are therefore useful as medicaments, in particular in the prevention and/or treatment of cancer. In one embodiment, compounds of the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof are for use in the treatment and/or prevention of cancer, neurodegenerative disorders such as Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease and Huntington's disease, chronic viral infections such as HCV and HIV, depression, and obesity. The invention further relates to a method for treatment or prevention of cancer, neurodegenerative disorders such as Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease and Huntington's disease, chronic viral infections such as HCV and HIV, depression, and obesity, which comprises administering to a mammalian species in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof.
In the context of neurological brain disorders, TD02 expression has been demonstrated in neurons, brain vasculature and additionally in the case of schizophrenia in astroglial cells (Miller C et al., 2004, Neurobiology Dis, 15(3):618-29). The kynurenine pathway is now considered as a therapeutic target in cognitive diseases like bipolar disorder or Tourette syndrome and neurodegenerative disorders like Alzheimer, motor neuron disease like Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Multiple sclerosis, Huntington or Parkinson's disease (Stone TW, 2013, Br J of Pharmacol, 169(6): 1211-27; Wu et al, 2013, Plos One, 8(4):e59749; Fiivesi et al, 2012, J Neural Transm, 119(2):225-34; Widner et al, 2002, J Neural Transm, 109(2): 181-9; Comings et al, 1996, Pharmacogenetics, 6(4):307-18; Forrest 2010, J Neurochem, 112(1): 112-22).
Cognitive changes related to Tryptophan catabolism have also been shown in patients infected with human immunodeficiency virus type-1 (HIV), called HIV- associated neurocognitive disorder (HAND) (Davies et al, 2010, Int J of Tryptophan Res, 3: 121- 40). In addition, T cell hyporesponsiveness has been recently associated with the Tryptophan catabolic pathway in HIV-infected patients with possibly extension to other chronic infectious diseases like e.g. Hepatitis C.
Various cancers are known in the art. The cancer may be metastatic or non-metastatic. The cancer may be may be familial or sporadic. In some embodiments, the cancer is selected from the group consisting of: leukemia and multiple myeloma. Additional cancers that can be treated using the methods of the invention include, for example, benign and malignant solid tumours and benign and malignant non- solid tumours.
Examples of solid tumours include, but are not limited to: biliary tract cancer, brain cancer (including glioblastomas and medulloblastomas), breast cancer, cervical cancer, choriocarcinoma, colon cancer, endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer, gastric cancer, intraepithelial neoplasms (including Bowen's disease and Paget' s disease), liver cancer, lung cancer, neuroblastomas, oral cancer (including squamous cell carcinoma), ovarian cancer (including those arising from epithelial cells, stromal cells, germ cells and mesenchymal cells), pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, renal cancer (including adenocarcinoma and Wilms tumour), sarcomas (including leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, liposarcoma, fibrosarcoma and osteosarcoma), skin cancer (including melanoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, basocellular cancer and squamous cell cancer), testicular cancer including germinal tumours (seminomas, and non-seminomas such as teratomas and choriocarcinomas), stromal tumours, germ cell tumours, and thyroid cancer (including thyroid adenocarcinoma and medullary carcinoma).
Examples of non- solid tumours include but are not limited to hematological neoplasms. As used herein, a hematologic neoplasm is a term of art which includes lymphoid disorders, myeloid disorders, and AIDS associated leukemias. Lymphoid disorders include but are not limited to acute lymphocytic leukemia and chronic lymphoproliferative disorders (e.g., lymphomas, myelomas, and chronic lymphoid leukemias). Lymphomas include, for example, Hodgkin's disease, non- Hodgkin's lymphoma lymphomas, and lymphocytic lymphomas). Chronic lymphoid leukemias include, for example, T cell chronic lymphoid leukemias and B cell chronic lymphoid leukemias.
In one embodiment, compounds of the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof are for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a cancer selected from bladder carcinoma, hepatocarcinoma, melanoma,mesothelioma, neuroblastoma, sarcoma, breast carcinoma, leukemia, renal cell carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma, head & neck carcinoma, lung carcinoma, brain tumor, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, myeloma, pancreatic carcinoma, gynaecological cancers (ovarian carcinoma, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer).
In one embodiment, compounds of the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof are for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a cancer selected from bladder carcinoma, hepatocarcinoma, melanoma,mesothelioma, neuroblastoma, sarcoma, breast carcinoma, leukemia, renal cell carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma, head & neck carcinoma, lung carcinoma, brain tumor, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, myeloma, pancreatic carcinoma. In one embodiment, compounds of the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof are for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a cancer selected gynaecological cancers such as for example ovarian carcinoma, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer.
In a specific embodiment, compounds of the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof are for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a cancer selected from hepatocarcinoma and glioblastoma.
The invention further relates to a method for treatment or prevention of a cancer selected from bladder carcinoma, hepatocarcinoma, melanoma,mesothelioma, neuroblastoma, sarcoma, breast carcinoma, leukemia, renal cell carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma, head & neck carcinoma, lung carcinoma, brain tumor, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, myeloma, pancreatic carcinoma, gynaecological cancers (ovarian carcinoma, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer), which comprises administering to a mammalian species in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof.
The invention further relates to a method for treatment or prevention of a cancer selected from bladder carcinoma, hepatocarcinoma, melanoma,mesothelioma, neuroblastoma, sarcoma, breast carcinoma, leukemia, renal cell carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma, head & neck carcinoma, lung carcinoma, brain tumor, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, myeloma, pancreatic carcinoma, which comprises administering to a mammalian species in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof.
The invention further relates to a method for treatment or prevention of a cancer selected from gynaecological cancers such as for example ovarian carcinoma, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer; which comprises administering to a mammalian species in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof.
In a specific embodiment, the method for treatment or prevention is a method for treatment or prevention of a cancer selected from hepatocarcinoma and glioblastoma, which comprises administering to a mammalian species in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts or solvates thereof.
The invention also provides for a method for delaying in patient the onset of cancer comprising the administration of a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt and solvate thereof to a patient in need thereof. Preferably, the patient is a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a human.
The compounds of the invention are especially useful in the treatment and/or prevention of cancer.
In a specific embodiment, the compounds of the invention are especially useful in the treatment and/or prevention of cancer.
The invention further provides the use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt and solvate thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for treating and/or preventing cancer.
According to a further feature of the present invention there is provided a method for modulating TD02 activity, in a patient, preferably a warm blooded animal, and even more preferably a human, in need of such treatment, which comprises administering to said patient an effective amount of compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt and solvate thereof.
Formulations The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt and solvate thereof and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient and/or adjuvant. As indicated above, the invention also covers pharmaceutical compositions which contain, in addition to a compound of the present invention, a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt and solvate thereof as active ingredient, additional therapeutic agents and/or active ingredients.
Another object of this invention is a medicament comprising at least one compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt and solvate thereof, as active ingredient. According to a further feature of the present invention there is provided the use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt and solvate thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for modulating TD02 activity in a patient, in need of such treatment, which comprises administering to said patient an effective amount of compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt and solvate thereof.
Generally, for pharmaceutical use, the compounds of the invention may be formulated as a pharmaceutical preparation comprising at least one compound of the invention and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient and/or adjuvant, and optionally one or more further pharmaceutically active compounds.
By means of non-limiting examples, such a formulation may be in a form suitable for oral administration, for parenteral administration (such as by intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous injection or intravenous infusion), for topical administration (including ocular), for administration by inhalation, by a skin patch, by an implant, by a suppository, etc. Such suitable administration forms - which may be solid, semi-solid or liquid, depending on the manner of administration - as well as methods and carriers, diluents and excipients for use in the preparation thereof, will be clear to the skilled person; reference is made to the latest edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences.
Some preferred, but non-limiting examples of such preparations include tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols, ointments, cremes, lotions, soft and hard gelatin capsules, suppositories, drops, sterile injectable solutions and sterile packaged powders (which are usually reconstituted prior to use) for administration as a bolus and/or for continuous administration, which may be formulated with carriers, excipients, and diluents that are suitable per se for such formulations, such as lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, cellulose, (sterile) water, methylcellulose, methyl- and propylhydroxybenzoates, talc, magnesium stearate, edible oils, vegetable oils and mineral oils or suitable mixtures thereof. The formulations can optionally contain other substances that are commonly used in pharmaceutical formulations, such as lubricating agents, wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, dispersing agents, desintegrants, bulking agents, fillers, preserving agents, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, flow regulators, release agents, etc.. The compositions may also be formulated so as to provide rapid, sustained or delayed release of the active compound(s) contained therein.
The pharmaceutical preparations of the invention are preferably in a unit dosage form, and may be suitably packaged, for example in a box, blister, vial, bottle, sachet, ampoule or in any other suitable single-dose or multi-dose holder or container (which may be properly labeled); optionally with one or more leaflets containing product information and/or instructions for use.
Depending on the condition to be prevented or treated and the route of administration, the active compound of the invention may be administered as a single daily dose, divided over one or more daily doses, or essentially continuously, e.g. using a drip infusion.
DEFINITIONS
In the present invention, the following terms have the following meanings: Where groups may be substituted, such groups may be substituted with one or more substituents, and preferably with one, two or three substituents. Substituents may be selected from but not limited to, for example, the group comprising halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, nitro, amido, carboxy, amino, cyano haloalkoxy, and haloalkyl.
The term "halogen" means fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo. Preferred halo groups are fluoro and chloro.
The term "alkyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a hydrocarbyl radical of Formula CnH2n+i wherein n is a number greater than or equal to 1. Generally, alkyl groups of this invention comprise from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably from 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups may be linear or branched and may be substituted as indicated herein. Suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n- butyl, i-butyl, s-butyl and t-butyl, pentyl and its isomers (e.g. n-pentyl, iso-pentyl), and hexyl and its isomers (e.g. n-hexyl, iso-hexyl). The term "haloalkyl" alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl radical having the meaning as defined above wherein one or more hydrogens are replaced with a halogen as defined above. Non-limiting examples of such haloalkyl radicals include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoro methyl and the like. The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein is a cyclic alkyl group, that is to say, a monovalent, saturated, or unsaturated hydrocarbyl group having 1 or 2 cyclic structures. Cycloalkyl includes monocyclic or bicyclic hydrocarbyl groups. Cycloalkyl groups may comprise 3 or more carbon atoms in the ring and generally, according to this invention comprise from 3 to 10, more preferably from 3 to 8 carbon atoms still more preferably from 3 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include but are not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, with cyclopropyl being particularly preferred.
Where at least one carbon atom in a cycloalkyl group is replaced with a heteroatom, the resultant ring is referred to herein as "heterocyclyl". The terms "heterocyclyl" as used herein by itself or as part of another group refer to non-aromatic, fully saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic groups (for example, 3 to 7 member monocyclic, 7 to 11 member bicyclic, or containing a total of 3 to 10 ring atoms) which have at least one heteroatom in at least one carbon atom-containing ring. Each ring of the heterocyclic group containing a heteroatom may have 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur atoms, where the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatoms may optionally be quaternized. Any of the carbon atoms of the heterocyclic group may be substituted by oxo (for example piperidone, pyrrolidinone).The heterocyclic group may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom of the ring or ring system, where valence allows. The rings of multi- ring heterocycles may be fused, bridged and/or joined through one or more spiro atoms. Non limiting exemplary heterocyclic groups include piperidinyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperazinyl, imidazolinyl, morpholinyl, oxetanyl, pyrazolidinyl imidazolidinyl, isoxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinylsulfoxide, thiomorpholinylsulfone, pyrrolizinyl.
The term "alkene" as used herein refers to an unsaturated hydrocarbyl group, which may be linear or branched, comprising one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Suitable alkenyl groups comprise between 2 and 6 carbon atoms, preferably between 2 and 4 carbon atoms. Examples of alkenyl groups are ethenyl, 2- propenyl, 2-butenyl, 3- butenyl, 2-pentenyl and its isomers, 2-hexenyl and its isomers, 2,4-pentadienyl and the like.
The term "aryl" as used herein refers to a polyunsaturated, aromatic hydrocarbyl group having a single ring (i.e. phenyl) or multiple aromatic rings fused together (e.g. naphtyl) or linked covalently, typically containing 5 to 12 atoms; preferably 6 to 10, wherein at least one ring is aromatic. The aromatic ring may optionally include one to two additional rings (either cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl) fused thereto. Aryl is also intended to include the partially hydrogenated derivatives of the carbocyclic systems enumerated herein. Non- limiting examples of aryl comprise phenyl, biphenylyl, biphenylenylnaphthalenyl, indenyl.
The term "heteroaryl" as used herein by itself or as part of another group refers but is not limited to 5 to 12 carbon-atom aromatic rings or ring systems containing 1 to 2 rings which are fused together or linked covalently, typically containing 5 to 6 atoms; at least one of which is aromatic, in which one or more carbon atoms in one or more of these rings is replaced by oxygen, nitrogen and/or sulfur atoms where the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatoms may optionally be quaternized. Such rings may be fused to an aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl ring. Non-limiting examples of such heteroaryl, include: pyridazinyl, pyridinyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxatriazolyl, thiatriazolyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, oxazinyl, dioxinyl, thiazinyl, triazinyl, indolyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, isobenzothiophenyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl. The term "arylalkyl" refers to any group -alkyl-aryl. The term "alkylaryl" refers to any group -aryl-alkyl.
The term "heteroarylalkyl" refers to any group -alkyl-heteroaryl. The term "alk lheteroaryl" refers to any group -heteroaryl-alkyl. The term "alkoxy" refers to any group O-alkyl. The term"haloalkoxy" refers to any group O-haloalkyl.
The term "oxo" refers to a =0 moiety.
The term "amino" refers to a -NH2 group or any group derived thereof by substitution of one nor two hydrogen atom by an organic aliphatic or aromatic group. Preferably, groups derived from -NH2 are alkylamino groups, i.e. N-alkyl groups, comprising monoalkylamino and dialkylamino. According to a specific embodiment, the term "amino" refers to NH2, NHMe or NMe2.
The term "amino-protecting group" refers to a protecting group for an amine function. According to a preferred embodiment, the amino-protecting group is selected in the groups comprising: arylsulphonyl, tert-butoxy carbonyl, methoxymethyl, para-methoxy benzyl or benzyl.
The term "leaving group" refers to a molecular fragment that departs with a pair of electrons in heterolytic bond cleavage. According to a preferred embodiment, the leaving group is selected in the groups comprising: halogen, preferably iodine, bromine or chlorine; alkylsulfonyloxy having 1-6 carbon atoms, preferably methylsulfonyloxy or trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy; or arylsulfonyloxy having 6-10 carbon atoms, preferably phenyl- or p-tolylsulfonyloxy.
The term "solvate" is used herein to describe a compound in this invention that contains stoichiometric or sub- stoichiometric amounts of one or more pharmaceutically acceptable solvent molecule such as ethanol.
The term "hydrate" refers to when the said solvent is water. The compounds of the invention include compounds of Formula I as hereinbefore defined, including all polymorphs and crystal habits thereof, predrugs and prodrugs thereof and isotopically- labeled compounds of Formula I.
The invention also generally covers all pharmaceutically acceptable predrugs and prodrugs of the compounds of Formula I.
The term "prodrug" as used herein means the pharmacologically acceptable derivatives of compounds of Formula I, such as for example esters, whose in vivo biotransformation product generates the biologically active drug. Prodrugs are generally characterized by increased bio-availability and are readily metabolized into biologically active compounds in vivo.
The term "predrug", as used herein, means any compound that will be modified to form a drug species, wherein the modification may take place either inside or outside of the body, and either before or after the predrug reaches the area of the body where administration of the drug is indicated. The term "patient" refers to a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a human, who/which is awaiting the receipt of, or is receiving medical care or is/will be the object of a medical procedure.
The term "human" refers to a subject of both genders and at any stage of development (i.e. neonate, infant, juvenile, adolescent, adult). The terms "treat", "treating" and "treatment", as used herein, are meant to include alleviating, attenuating or abrogating a condition or disease and/or its attendant symptoms.
The terms "prevent", "preventing" and "prevention", as used herein, refer to a method of delaying or precluding the onset of a condition or disease and/or its attendant symptoms, barring a patient from acquiring a condition or disease, or reducing a patient's risk of acquiring a condition or disease. The term "therapeutically effective amount" (or more simply an "effective amount") as used herein means the amount of active agent or active ingredient that is sufficient to achieve the desired therapeutic or prophylactic effect in the patient to which/whom it is administered. The term "administration", or a variant thereof (e.g. "administering"), means providing the active agent or active ingredient, alone or as part of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition, to the patient in whom/which the condition, symptom, or disease is to be treated or prevented.
By "pharmaceutically acceptable" is meant that the ingredients of a pharmaceutical composition are compatible with each other and not deleterious to the patient thereof.
The term "pharmaceutical vehicle" as used herein means a carrier or inert medium used as solvent or diluent in which the pharmaceutically active agent is formulated and/or administered. Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutical vehicles include creams, gels, lotions, solutions, and liposomes.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 is a histogram the tryptophan concentration in plasma of mice after administration of a vehicle or of compound 89 at various doses (* = p<0.05; ** = p<0.001).
EXAMPLES
The present invention will be better understood with reference to the following examples. These examples are intended to representative of specific embodiments of the invention, and are not intended as limiting the scope of the invention. I. CHEMISTRY EXAMPLES The MS data provided in the examples described below were obtained as followed: Mass spectrum: LC/MS Agilent 6110 (ESI) or a Waters Acquity SQD (ESI).
The NMR data provided in the examples described below were obtained as followed: Bruker Ultrashield™ 400 PLUS and Bruker Fourier 300 MHz and TMS was used as an internal standard.
The microwave chemistry was performed on a single mode microwave reactor Initiator Microwave System EU from Biotage.
Preparative HPLC purifications were performed with a mass directed autopurification Fractionlynx from Waters equipped with a Xbridge™ Prep CI 8 OBD column 19x150 mm 5 μιη, unless otherwise reported. All HPLC purifications were performed with a gradient of CH3CN /H20/NH4HC03 (5 mM), CH3CN /H20/TFA (0.1%), or CH3CN /H20/NH3 H20 (0.1%).
L I. SYNTHESIS OF INTERMEDIATE COMPOUNDS
Intermediate 1: 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole The title compound was prepared using the same procedure as reported (Bioorg. Med. Chem. 2011, 19, 4782-4795).
Intermediate 2: 3-bromo-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole
To a solution of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 1; 1.0 g; 3.6 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at 0°C was added a solution of bromine (0.64 g; 4.0 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 0.5 h, then added saturated aqueous Na2S203 (10 mL), and stirred at r.t. for 10 minute. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (10 mLx2). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (20 mLx2), water (20 mLx2), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 1.26 g (99%) of the title compound as a pink solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.13-8.11 (m, 2H), 7.83-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.66-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.26 (m, 1H).
Intermediate 3: 6-fluoro-3-iodo-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole
The title compound was prepared using the same procedure as reported (WO2010/136491A1).
Intermediate 4: tert-butyl 4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazole-1- carboxylate
To a solution of 6-fluoro-3-iodo-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 3; 535 mg; 1.33 mmol), ie/t-butyl 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazole- l- carboxylate (588 mg; 2.0 mmol), K3PO4 (848 mg; 4.0 mmol) in dioxane (20 mL) and water (2 mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl2 (110 mg; 0.13 mmol) under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at 90 °C overnight. The mixture was filtered through Celite, diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and water (100 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (50 mLx2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, concentrated, and purified by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc=10/l - 2/1) to afford 357 mg (61%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
LC-MS: mlz 442.1 [M + H]+.
Intermediate 5: 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole To a solution of iert-butyl 4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrazole- 1- carboxylate (Intermediate 4; 310 mg; 0.70 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) was added saturated HQ in Et20 (10 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, diluted with water (10 mL), neutralized with saturated aqueous NaHC03, and extracted with EtOAc (10 mLx3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (5 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 234 mg (89%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 13.06 (s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 8.08 - 8.00 (m, 3H), 7.91 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J = 9.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.74-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.64-7.57 (m, 2H)„ 7.21 (dt, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H).
Intermediate 6: 6-fluoro-3-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole
A mixture of 3-bromo-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 2; 1.0 g; 2.8 mmol), l-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazole (1.7 g; 8.4 mmol), KOAc (1.4 g; 14.0 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl2-CH2Cl2 (0.15 g; 0.18 mmol) in DMF (25 mL) flushed with nitrogen was heated to 90°C overnight. The mixture was filtered through Celite, diluted with EtOAc (10 mL) and water (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (20 mLx3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 1/1) to afford 0.20 g (23%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.09-8.05 (m, 3H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.90-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.79-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.72-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.63-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H).
Intermediate 7: 4-(lH-pyrazol-l-yl)pyridine
The title compound was prepared using the same procedure as reported (Tetrahedron Lett. 2012, 53,948-951).
Intermediate 8: 4-(4-bromo-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)pyridine
To a solution of 4-(lH-pyrazol-l-yl)pyridine (Intermediate 7; 1.1 g; 7.5 mmol) in acetic acid (10 mL) was added a solution of bromine (6 mL) in acetic acid (10 mL) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours, diluted with saturated aqueous Na2S203 (20 mL), and extracted with DCM (10 mLx3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (20 mL), water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 936 mg (55%) of the title compound as a pink solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 9.03 (s, 1H), 8.68 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H). Intermediate 9: 4-(4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)pyridine
A mixture of 4-(4-bromo-lH-pyrazol- l-yl)pyridine (Intermediate 8; 400 mg; 1.8 mmol), 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi(l,3,2-dioxaborolane (911 mg; 3.6 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (147 mg; 0.2 mmol), KOAc (878 mg; 8.9 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (40 mL) was stirred at 80 °C overnight under argon. The combined organic solution was washed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford the title compound as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 272.1 [M + H]+.
Intermediate 10: 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(pyridin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole
A mixture of 3-bromo-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 2; 317 mg; 0.9 mmol) and 4-(4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol- l- yl)pyridine (Intermediate 9; 485 mg; 1.80 mmol), Pd2dba3 (48 mg; 0.05 mmol) and X- phos (96 mg; 0.20 mmol), and K3P04 (954 mg; 4.5 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (8 mL) and water (1 mL) was flushed with argonand reacted at 125 °C for 25 minutes in a microwave reactor. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, washed with EtOAc (50 mL), concentrated, and purified by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 1/1) to afford 363 mg (96%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ [ppm] : 9.24 (s, 1H), 8.70 (s, 2H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.16 (dd, J = 8.5, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 8.00 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 7.82 (d, J = 9.7 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H). Intermediate 11: 3-(4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)pyridine
The title compound was prepared using the same procedure as reported (US2011/166143 Al). Intermediate 12: 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(pyridin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole
Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 10, starting from 3-(4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)pyridine (Intermediate 11; 485 mg; 1.80 mmol), 362 mg (96%) of the title compound was obtained as a brown solid after purification by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 1/1).
LC-MS: mlz 419.1 [M + H]+.
Intermediate 13: 2-(4-bromo-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)pyridine
The title compound was prepared using the same procedure as reported (J. Med. Chem. 2004, 47, 4645-4648). Intermediate 14: 2-(4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)pyridine
A mixture of 2-(4-bromo-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)pyridine (Intermediate 13; 400 mg; 1.80 mmol), 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi(l,3,2-dioxaborolane (911 mg; 3.6 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (147 mg; 0.2 mmol), KOAc (878 mg; 8.9 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (40 mL) was stirred at 80 °C overnight under argon. The mixture was filtered through Celite and washed with EtOAc (50 mL). The combined organic solution was washed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford the title compound as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 272.1 [M + H]+. Intermediate 15: 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(pyridin-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole
Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 10, starting from 2- (4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)pyridine (Intermediate 14; 485 mg; 1.80 mmol), 234 mg (62%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether /EtOAc = 1/1).
LC-MS: mlz 419.1 [M + H]+.
Intermediate 16: tert-butyl 4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazol-l-yl)piperidine-l-carboxylate and tert-butyl 4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrazol- 1 -yl)piperidine- 1 -carboxylate
To a solution of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 939 mg; 2.75 mmol) and Cs2C03 (2.23 g; 6.84 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added iert-butyl 4- (methylsulfonyloxy)piperidine- 1 -carboxylate (1.00 g; 3.58 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at 85 °C overnight, concentrated, and purified by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 2/1) to afford 880 mg (61%) and 230 mg (22%) of the 16A and 16B as a yellow solid. For 16A: LC-MS: mlz 469.1 [M + Η - iBu]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (td, J = 9.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (dd, J = 9.6, 5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.12 - 3.98 (m, 3H), 3.07 - 2.81 (m, 3H), 2.08 - 2.00 (m, 2H), 1.86 (td, J = 12.1, 4.1 Hz, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H).
For 16B: LC-MS: mlz 385.2 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.88 - 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.53 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (td, J = 9.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.45 - 4.29 (m, 1H), 4.13 - 3.96 (m, 2H), 3.07 - 2.87 (m, 3H), 2.08 - 1.98 (m, 2H), 1.91 - 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.40 (s, 9H). Intermediate 17: 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4- yl)-lH-indole hydrochloride
To a solution of ie/t-butyl 4-(4-(6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazol- l-yl)piperidine- l-carboxylate (Intermediate 16A; 580 mg; 1.11 mmol) in dioxane (3 mL) was added cone, aqueous HCl (3 mL; 36 ).The reaction mixture was stirred for 0.5 hour and concentrated afford 580mg (>100 ) of the title compound as a white solid.
LC-MS: mlz 425.1 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.05 (t, J = 3.7 Hz, 3H), 7.92 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J = 9.7, 5.8 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (td, J = 9.1, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.55 - 4.51 (m, 1H), 3.38 - 3.41 (m, 2H), 3.14 - 3.02 (m, 2H), 2.31 - 2.12 (m, 4H).
Intermediate 18: tert-butyl 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazol-l-yl)ethylcarbamate To a solution of 6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 500 mg; 1.46 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was added iert-butyl 2- bromoethylcarbamate (658 mg; 2.94 mmol) and CS2CO3 (1.43 g; 4.39 mmol) and catalytic amount of tetrabutylammonium iodide (107 mg; 0.29 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at 85 °C for 24 hours. Most of DMF was removed and the residue was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with water (50 mlx3), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by reversed phase flash chromatography to afford 500 mg (70%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
LC-MS: mlz 485.2 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.11 - 8.01 (m, 3H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.93 - 7.85 (m, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J = 10.1, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (td, J = 9.2, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 4.44 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 4.17 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 1.32 (s, 9H). Intermediate 19: 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)ethanamine hydrochloride
To a solution of ie/t-butyl 2-(4-(6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazol- l-yl)ethylcarbamate (260 mg; 0.54 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL) was added cone. aqueous HCl (5 mL; 36%). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hours and concentrated to afford 260 mg (68%) of the title compound as a yellow solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 385.2 [M + H]+.
Intermediate 20: tert-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate
To a solution of 6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 1.20 g; 3.52 mmol) and Cs2C03 (2.26 g; 6.94 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added iert-butyl 4-((methylsulfonyloxy)methyl)piperidine- l-carboxylate (1.32 g; 4.50 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 2 hours, cooled to r.t, added to water (200 mL) with vigorous stirring. The resulting solid was collected by vaccum filtration to afford 1.60 g (84%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.88 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J = 22.0, 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 4.03 (dd, J = 7.0, 3.6 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (s, 2H), 2.67 (s, 2H), 2.07 (s, 1H), 1.49 (d, J = 12.7 Hz, 2H), 1.08 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 2H).
Intermediate 21: 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH- pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
To a solution of iert-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)- lH- pyrazol- l-yl)methyl)piperidine- l-carboxylate (Intermediate 20; 1.60 g; 2.97 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added cone, aqueous HCl (5 mL; 36%). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour and concentrated, neutralized with saturated aqueous Na2C03 (500 mL), extracted with EtOAc (200 mlx2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by reversed phase flash chromatography to afford 1.08 g (83%) of the title compound as a red oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 3.99 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.88 (s, 2H), 2.39 (s, 2H), 1.93 (s, 2H), 1.42 (d, J = 14.5 Hz, 2H), 1.07 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H).
Intermediate 22: 3-(l-(2-bromoethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulf onyl) - lH-indole To a solution of 6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 1.0 g; 2.93 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added NaH (176 mg; 4.4 mmol; 60%) at 0 °C under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hour, added 1,2-dibromoethane (0.83 g; 4.4 mmol), warmed to r.t. and stirred overnight. The mixture was poured into ice-water (50 mL) and extracted by EtOAc (50 mLx3). The combined organic layers was washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, concentrated, and purified by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc= 2/1) to afford 0.48 g (37%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.07-8.05 (m, 3H), 7.95-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.79-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.73-7.68 (m, 1H). 7.63-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.20 (m, 1H), 4.57-4.37 (t, 2H), 3.93-3.89 (t, 2H).
Intermediate 23: tert-butyl 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazol- 1 -yl)azetidine- 1 -carboxylate
Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 16, starting from 6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 812 mg; 2.38 mmol) and ie/t-butyl 3-iodoazetidine-l-carboxylate (674 mg; 2.38 mmol), 1.19 g (100%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid, which was used directly without further purification. LC-MS: m/z 397 [M + H - Boc]+.
Intermediate 24: 3-(l-(azetidin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indole hydrochloride
Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 17, starting from ie/t-butyl 3- (4-(6-fluoro- 1 -(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrazol- 1 -yl)azetidine- 1 - carboxylate (Intermediate 23; 1.32 g; 2.66 mmol), 1.30 g of the title compound was obtained as a brown solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: m/z 397 [M + H]+.
Intermediate 25: l,5-dimethyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH- pyrazole and l,3-dimethyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH- pyrazole
A solution of 3-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)- lH-pyrazole (0.60 g; 2.9 mmol) and K2C03 (2.0 g; 14 mmol) in MeCN (20 mL) was stirred overnight under nitrogen and added iodomethane (1.0 mL; 16 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight, diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), filtered, and concentrated to afford 727 mg of an inseparable mixture of the title compounds as a light yellow solid.
LC-MS: m/z 223.1 [M + H]+.
Intermediate 26: 3-(l,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole and 3-(l,3-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 4, starting from 1,5-dimethyl- 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- 1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)- lH-pyrazole and 1 ,3-dimethyl-4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)- lH-pyrazole (Intermediate 25; 670 mg; 3.02 mmol) and 6-fluoro-3-iodo- l -(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indole (Intermediate 3; 807 mg; 2.01 mmol), 382 mg (51%) of an inseparable mixture of the title compounds as a light yellow solid. LC-MS: m/z 370.1 [M + H]+.
Intermediate 27: 5,6-difluoro-3-iodo-lH-indole
To a mixture of 5,6-difluoro- lH-indole (500 mg; 3.27 mmol) and ΚΟΗ (458 mg; 8.18 mmol) in DMF (6.2 mL) was added a solution of iodine (837.5 mg; 3.3 mmol) in DMF (6.3 mL). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 12 hours. It was poured into an ice- water mixture (60 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mLx3). The combined organic layers was washed with brine (lOOmL) and dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated to afford 930 mg (100%) of the title compound as a red solid. It was used to next step without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 11.68 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (dd, J = 11.0, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (dd, J = 10.8, 7.9 Hz, 1H).
Intermediate 28: 5,6-difluoro-3-iodo-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole
To a solution of 5,6-difluoro-3-iodo- lH-indole (Intermediate 27; 930 mg; 3.33 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at 0°C was added NaH (266.4 mg; 60%; 6.66 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 15 minutes before a solution of benzenesulfonyl chloride (763.4 mg; 4.32 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred at r.t. for 12 hours, quenched with an ice-water mixture (60 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mLx3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (lOOmL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/ EtOAc =10/1 - 3/1) to afford 1.01 g (72%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 8.07 - 8.00 (m, 1H), 7.78 - 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.64 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (dd, J = 10.2, 7.8 Hz, 1H). Intermediate 29: tert-butyl 4-(5,6-difluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazole-1- carboxylate To a solution of 5,6-difluoro-3-iodo- l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indole (Intermediate 28; 300 mg; 0.716 mmol), ierf-butyl 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH- pyrazole- 1- carboxylate (273.6 mg; 0.93 mmol), K3PO4 (455 mg; 2.15 mmol) in dioxane (10 mL) and water (1 mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl2 (59 mg; 0.072 mmol) under argon. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 12 hours. The mixture was filtered through Celite and washed with EtOAc (50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, concentrated, and purified by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc=l/l) to afford 203 mg (62%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.41 (d, J = 0.6 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (dd, J = 5.3, 3.4 Hz, 2H), 8.07 - 7.99 (m, 2H), 7.72 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 1.62 (s, 9H).
Intermediate 30: 5,6-difluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole hydrochloride To a solution of iert-butyl 4-(5,6-difluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazole- 1- carboxylate (Intermediate 29; 203 mg; 0.44 mmol) in EtOAc (2 mL) was added HC1 in EtOAc (4 M; 1 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford 150 mg (88%) of the title compound as a red solid. LC-MS: mlz 360.1 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 13.08 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.10 - 8.05 (m, 2H), 7.99 (m, 3H), 7.71 (dd, J = 8.4, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H).
Intermediate 31: 2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)ethyl methanesulfonate
To a solution of l-(2-hydroxyethyl)imidazolidin-2-one (100 mg; 0.77 mmol) and Et3N (81 mg; 0.80 mmol) in dry DCM (10 mL) was added MsCl (137 mg; 1.20 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight, diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with saturated aqueous Na2C03, dried over anhydrous Na2S04, concentrated to afford 72 mg (44%) of the title compound as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
Intermediate 32: benzyl 3-hydroxycyclobutanecarboxylate
NaBH4 (215 mg; 5.68 mmol) was added to the solution of benzyl 3- oxocyclobutanecarboxylate (2.3 g; 11.3 mmol) in THF (30 mL) and MeOH (1.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 0.5 hour at 0 °C, diluted with water (20 mL), and extracted with DCM (50 mLx 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by reverse phase flash chromatography to afford 1.24 g (53%) of the title compound as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ [ppm] : 7.49 - 7.22 (m, 5H), 5.12 (d, J = 4.1 Hz, 2H), 4.28 - 4.08 (m, 1H), 2.72 - 2.50 (m, 3H), 2.41 - 2.09 (m, 3H).
Intermediate 33: benzyl 3-((methylsulfonyl)oxy)cyclobutanecarboxylate
To a solution of benzyl 3-hydroxycyclobutanecarboxylate (Intermediate 32; 0.90 g; 4.4 mmol), Et N (1.20 mL; 8.6 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) was added MsCl (0.40 mL; 5.2 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour, quenched with water (20 mL), and extracted with DCM (50 mLx 2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 1.24 g (100%) of the title compound as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 7.45 - 7.28 (m, 5H), 5.16 - 5.07 (m, 2H), 4.93 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 2.86 (dd, J = 16.7, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 2.67 (dtd, J = 10.2, 7.5, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 2.44 - 2.28 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 34A and B: trans- and ds-benzyl 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)cyclobutanecarboxylate
A mixture of benzyl 3-((methylsulfonyl)oxy)cyclobutanecarboxylate (Intermediate 33; 1.24 g; 4.36 mmol), 6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 1.35 g; 3.95 mmol), and Cs2C03 (2.59 g; 7.95 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was stirred at 90 °C overnight under nitrogen, cooled to r.t, diluted with water (50 niL), and extracted with EtOAc (100 mlx2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 4/1) to afford 600 mg (29%) of Intermediate 34A and 500 mg (24%) of Intermadiate 34B as colorless oils.
LC-MS: mlz 530 [M + H]+.
Intermediate 35: trans- 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazol-l-yl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid
A mixture of trans -benzyl 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazol-l-yl)cyclobutanecarboxylate (Intermediate 34A; 500 mg; 0.944 mmol) and Pd/C (50 mg) in MeOH (50 mL) was stirred overnight under a hydrogen balloon. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated and purified by reverse phase flash chromatography to afford 113 mg (27%) of sthe title compound as a yellow oil. LC-MS: mlz 440 [M + H]+.
Intermediate 36: cis- 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol- l-yl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid
Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 35, starting from ds-benzyl 3- (4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclobutanecarboxylate (Intermediate 34B; 600 mg; 1.13 mmol), 440 mg (88%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 440 [M + H]+.
Intermediate 37: tert-butyl 3-((4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)azetidine-l-carboxylate Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 20, starting from 6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 1.22 g; 3.56 mmol) and ie/t-butyl 3-(((methylsulfonyl)oxy)methyl)azetidine- l-carboxylate (1.40 g; 5.28 mmol), 1.37 g (76%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. LC-MS: mlz 455.0 [M + H+ - iBu]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.00 - 8.10 (m, 4H), 7.94 - 7.84 (m, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (dd, J = 12.9, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H), 7.23 (dd, J = 13.7, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 4.36 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.98 - 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.69 - 3.71 (m, 3H), 2.99 - 3.01 (m, 2H), 1.33 (s, 9H). Intermediate 38: 3-(l-(azetidin-3-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulf onyl) - IH- indole
To a solution of iert-butyl 3-((4-(6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)- lH- pyrazol- l-yl)methyl)azetidine- l-carboxylate (Intermediate 37; 330 mg; 0.65 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (5 mL) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred for 0.5 hour and concentrated, neutralized with saturated aqueous Na2C03 (50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (50 mlx2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated and purified by preparative TLC to afford 265 mg (100%) of the title compound as a brown solid.
LC-MS: mlz 411.0 [M + H]+. Intermediate 39: 3-iodo-6-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-indole
Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 3, starting from 6- (trifluoromethyl)-lH-indole (0.97 g; 5.24 mmol), 1.60 g (98%) of the title compound was obtained as a red solid, which was used directly without further purification.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 11.95 (s, 1H), 7.79 (d, J = 16.1 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H).
Intermediate 40 : 3-iodo- 1 - (phenylsulf onyl) -6- (trifluoromethyl)- lH-indole Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 28, starting from 3-iodo-6- (trifluoromethyl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 39; 1.60 g; 5.14 mmol), 1.06 g (45%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.78 - 7.68 (m, 2H), 7.66 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 2H), 7.64 - 7.58 (m, 1H).
Intermediate 41: tert-butyl 4-(l-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-indol-3- yl) - lH-pyrazole- 1 -carboxylate
Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 4, starting from 3-iodo-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 40; 300 mg; 0.66 mmol) 0.40 g (94%) of the title compound was obtained as a black oil, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 392.1 [M + H+ - Boc]+.
Intermediate 42: l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-(trifluoromethyl)-lH- indole Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 5, starting from ie/t-butyl 4- (l-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate (Intermediate 41; 400 mg; 0.81 mmol), 300 mg (95%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 392.1 [M + H+]+. Intermediate 43: 2-(2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)ethyl methanesulfonate
Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 31, starting from l-(2- hydroxyethyl)pyrrolidin-2-one (500 mg; 3.87 mmol), 400 mg (50%) of the title compound as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
Intermediate 44: 3-(l-(6-chloropyridazin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole A mixture of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 512 mg; 1.50 mmol), 3,6-dichloropyridazine (450 mg; 3.02 mmol) and K2C03 (828 mg; 5.99 mmol) in MeCN (15.0 mL) was stirred at 100 °C for 16 hours under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and water (10 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by a silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 4/1 to 2/1) to afford 620 mg (91%) of the title compound as a white solid.
LC-MS: mlz 454 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 9.33 (s, 1H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.33 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.14-8.03 (m, 4H), 7.80 (dd, J = 9.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.74-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.67-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.26 (dt, J = 9.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H).
Intermediate 45: tert-butyl 4-((4-(5,6-difluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 20, starting from 5,6-difluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 30; 300 mg; 0.76 mmol), 330 mg (78%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 5/1).
LC-MS: mlz 501.1 [M + H+ - iBu]+. Intermediate 46: 5,6-difluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH- pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 21, starting from ie/t-butyl 4- ((4-(5,6-difluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidine- 1-carboxylate (Intermediate 45; 330 mg; 0.59 mmol), 830 mg (>100%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid, which was used directly without further purification. LC-MS: m/z 457.1 [M + H+]+.
Intermediate 47: 3-(l-(l,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulf onyl) - IH- indole
Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 16, starting from 6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 600 mg; 1.76 mmol) and l,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl methanesulfonate (498 mg; 2.11 mmol), 500 mg (59%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by reverse phase flash chromatography.
LC-MS: m/z 482 [M + H]+. Intermediate 48: 4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclohexanone
To a solution of 3-(l-(l,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro- l- (phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indole (Intermediate 47; 500 mg; 1.04 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added HC1 (0.35 mL; 35%). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight, concentrated, and purified by reverse phase flash chromatography to afford 197 mg (43%) of the title compound as a white solid.
LC-MS: m/z 438 [M + H]+.
Intermediate 49 : trans -4- (4- (6-fluoro- 1 - (phenylsulf onyl) - lH-indol-3-yl)- 1H- pyrazol-l-yl)cyclohexanol To a solution of 4-(4-(6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclohexanone (Intermediate 48; 197 mg; 0.45 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL) was added NaBH4 (34 mg; 0.90 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight, concentrated, and purified by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 20/1) to afford 32 mg (16%) of the title compound as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.99 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.1 Hz, 2H), 7.86 (d, J = 11.3 Hz, 2H), 7.82 - 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.69 - 7.62 (m, 1H), 7.56 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.17 - 7.09 (m, 1H), 4.25 (dd, J = 9.9, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 3.79 - 3.62 (m, 1H), 2.25 - 2.09 (m, 4H), 2.04 - 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.53 (dd, J = 16.9, 6.0 Hz, 2H). Intermediate 50: 3-(3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole
Step 1:
A mixture of 6-fluoro-3-iodo-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 3; 4.90 g; 12.2 mmol), ie/t-butyl 3,5-dimethyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)- lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate (3.30 g; 10.2 mmol), K3P04 (6.50 g; 30.6 mmol), X-Phos (242 mg; 0.51 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (466 mg; 0.51 mmol) in dioxane (25 mL) and water (3 mL) was stirred at 120 °C under N2 atmosphere for 80 minutes in a microwave reactor. The reaction mixture was cooled, diluted with EtOAc (150 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 5.70 g of a brown oil, which was used directly without further purification.
LCMS indicated the crude product was a mixture of 3-(3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole and iert-butyl 4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indol-3-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate.
Step 2: A mixture of crude 3-(3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole and iert-butyl 4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-lH- pyrazole-l-carboxylate (Step 1; 5.70 g) in HCl/dioxane (20 mL; 80 mmol; 4.0 M) was stirred at 30 °C for 2 hours. The mixture was concentrated, neutralized with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (30 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (80 mLx2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mLx2), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by a silica gel chromatography (DCM to petroleum ether/EtOAc = 1/1) to afford 1.50 g (33%) of the title compound as a brown oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ [ppm]: 7.95 - 7.88 (m, 2H), 7.78 (dd, J = 9.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.63 - 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.53 - 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.22 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (dd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 2.17 (s, 6H).
Intermediate 51: fert-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-3- methyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate and fert-butyl 4-((4-(6- fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl) piperidine- 1 -carboxylate
Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 20, starting from a mixture of 6-fluoro-3-(3-methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indole and 6-fluoro-3-(5- methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 16; 500 mg; 1.41 mmol), 1.00 g (>100 ) of a mixture of the crude title compounds were obtained as a black oil, which were used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 552.8 [M + H+]+
Intermediate 52: 4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)cvclohexane carboxylic acid (as a mixture of cis and trans isomers)
To a solution of 4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclohexanecarboxylate (as a mixture of cis and trans isomers) (Intermediate 33; 400 mg; 0.81 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added aqueous NaOH (2 M; 2.0 mL; 4.0 mmol). The mixture was refluxed for 30 minutes, cooled, concentrated, diluted with water (15 mL), and extracted with petroleum ether/EtOAc = 5/1 (20 mL). The aqueous layer was acified with aqueous HC1 (1 M) to pH = 5 and extracted with EtOAc (30 mLx3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mLx2), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 216 mg (82%) of the title compound as a gray solid, which was used directly without further purification. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 12.18 (brs, 1H), 11.16 (brs, 1H), 8.11 - 8.07 (m, 1H), 7.80 - 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.55 - 7.51 (m, 1H), 7.19 - 7.12 (m, 1H), 6.94 - 6.85 (m, 1H), 4.28 - 4.10 (m, 1H), 2.36 - 2.25 (m, 1H), 2.20 - 1.75 (m, 6H), 1.74 - 1.45 (m, 2H). Intermediate 53: 3-(l-(l,4-dioxaspiror4.51decan-8-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro- lH-indole
A mixture of 3-(l-(l,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 35; 1.41 g; 2.93 mmol) and NaOH (468 mg; 11.7 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) and H20 (1 mL) was stirred for 0.5 hour at 85 °C. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (100 mLx2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 1.00 g (100%) of the title compound as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification. LC-MS: mlz 342 [M + H]+
Intermediate 54: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-3-methyl-lH- p yrazol- 1 - vDpiperidin- 1 - vDethanon and 1 - (4- (4- (6 -fluoro- 1 -(phenylsulf onyl)- IH- indol-3-yl)-5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)ethanone
To a mixture of 6-fluoro-3-(3-methyl-l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole and 6-fluoro-3-(5-methyl-l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4- yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 50; 400 mg crude; 0.54 mmol) and Et3N
(258 mg; 2.55 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at 0 °C was added acetyl chloride (74 mg;
0.94 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, diluted with water (30 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (50 mLx3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford
450 mg (>100%) of a mixture of title compounds as a yellow oil, which were used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 480.8 [M + H]+
1.2. SYNTHESIS OF FINAL COMPOUNDS Compound 2: 3-(l-(azetidin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH-indole
Step 1: tert-butyl 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l H-indol-3-yl)-l H-pyrazol-1 -yl)azetidine-l -carboxylate A mixture of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 346 mg; 1.0 mmol), iert-butyl 3-iodoazetidine-l -carboxylate (283 mg; 1.0 mmol) and NaH (100 mg; 2.5 mmol; 60% w/w) in DMF (5 mL) was heated to 120 °C for 0.5 hour in a microwave reactor. The reaction mixture was added NaOH (100 mg; 2.50 mmol) in water (0.5 mL) and stirred for 0.5 hour at 85 °C. The mixture was concentrated and purified by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 1/1) to afford 220 mg (62%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
LC-MS: mlz 357 [M + H]+.
Step 2: To a solution of iert-butyl 3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)azetidine-l- carboxylate (Step 1; 220 mg; 0.62 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added saturated HCl in Et20 (5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 3 h, concentrated, and purified by preparative HPLC to afford 27.8 mg (18%) of the title compound as a white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.20 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.01 - 6.80 (m, 1H), 5.31 - 5.11 (m, 1H), 3.97 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.73 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 2.96 (s, 1H). m.p. 205.6-206.7 °C.
Compound 3 : 1 - (3- (4- (6 -fluoro- lH-indol-3-yl) - lH-pyrazol- 1 -yl)azetidin- 1 - yl)ethanone Step 1: l-(3-(4-( 6-fluoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l -yl)azetidin-l - yl)ethanone
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 89, starting from 3-(l-(azetidin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 24; 350 mg; 0.81 mmol), 355 mg (100%) of the title compound was obtained as a brown solid, which was used directly without further purification. LC-MS: m/z 439 [M + H]+. Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from l-(3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)azetidin-l- yl)ethanone (Step 1; 355mg; 0.81 mmol), 146 mg (61%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.22 (s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.99 - 6.86 (m, 1H), 5.27 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (dd, J = 9.8, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 1.84 (s, 3H). m.p. 82.3- 83.4 °C.
Compound 4: 3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)azetidine-l- carboxamide
Step 1: 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)azetidine-l- carboxamide
A mixture of 3-(l-(azetidin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 24; 350 mg; 0.81 mmol), Et3N (0.34 ml; 2.44 mmol) and TMSNCO (121 mg; 1.05 mmol) was stirred for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to afford 355 mg (100%) of the title compound as a brown solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: m/z 440 [M + H]+. Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)azetidine-l- carboxamide (Step 1; 355mg; 0.81 mmol), 90 mg (37%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.21 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.97 - 6.86 (m, 1H), 6.00 (s, 2H), 5.28 - 5.14 (m, 1H), 4.24 (t, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 4.15 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.7 Hz, 2H). m.p. 263.5-264.2 °C.
Compound 5: 3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N-methylazetidine-l- carboxamide
Step 1: 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylazetidine-l -carboxamide
A mixture of CDI (62 mg; 0.38 mmol) and MeNH2 (0.20 ml; 0.40 mmol; 2.0 M in THF) of THF (10 mL) was stirred for 1 hour and added a premixed mixture of 3-(l-(azetidin- 3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 24; 200 mg; 0.46 mmol) and Et3N (0.10 ml; 0.72 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was stirred at rt for 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight and concentrated. The residue was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with water (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 174 mg (100%) of the title compound as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification. LC-MS: mlz 454 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylazetidine- 1 -carboxamide (Step 1; 174 mg; 0.38 mmol), 61 mg (51%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.22 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J = 9.0, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (dd, J = 13.2, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 6.39 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 5.22 (dd, J = 9.3, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 4.19 - 4.12 (m, 2H), 2.58 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 3H). m.p. 69.3-70.1 °C.
Compound 6: 3-(l-(azetidin-3-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH-indole
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 3-(l-(azetidin-3-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 38; 265 mg; 0.65 mmol), 80 mg (46%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 271.1 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (ddd, J = 9.6, 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.13 (dt, J = 19.1, 11.4 Hz, 3H), 3.51 (dd, J = 14.1, 7.1 Hz, 1H).
Compound 7: 3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanamide
Step 1: 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanamide A mixture of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 225 mg; 0.66 mmol), 3-bromopropanamide (302 mg; 1.99 mmol), KI (20 mg; 0.12 mmol) and K2C03 (274 mg; 1.98 mmol) in CH3CN (20 mL) and DMF (10 mL) was stirred at 100 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to r.t., filtered, and concentrated to afford 272 mg (100%) of the title compound as a white solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 413.1 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanamide (Step 1; 272 mg; 0.66 mmol), 150 mg (83%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 273.1 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.96 - 6.81 (m, 2H), 4.33 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.67 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H). m.p. 173.3-175.0 °C.
Compound 8: 3-(4-(5,6-difluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanamide
Step 1: 3-(4-(5,6-difluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)propanamide
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 7, starting from 5,6-difluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 30; 180 mg; 0.45 mmol), 600 mg (>100%) of the title compound as a white solid, which was used directly without further purification. LC-MS: mlz 431.1 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 3-(4-(5,6-difluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrazol-1- yl)propanamide (Step 1; 500 mg), 34.5 mg (26%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by reverse phase flash chromatography.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.26 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J = 11.6, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.39 (dd, J = 11.2, 7.0 Hz, 2H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 4.33 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.67 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H).
19F NMR (377MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: -145.50 (d, J = 22.2 Hz, 1H), -148.62 (d, J = 22.1 Hz, 1H). m.p. 214.9-215.5 °C. Compound 9j 3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-l- vDpropanamide
Step 1: 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)propanamide A mixture of 3-(3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 50; 100 mg; 0.27 mmol), 3-bromopropanamide (411 mg; 2.70 mmol), KI (45 mg; 0.27 mmol), and K2C03 (186 mg; 1.35 mmol) in DMF (3.0 mL) was stirred at 70 °C for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled, diluted with EtOAc (80 mL), washed with water (50 mL), brine (30 mLx2), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 110 mg (92%) of the title compound as brown oil.
LC-MS: mlz 440.8 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 3, starting from 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)propanamide (Step 1; 110 mg; 0.25 mmol), 35 mg (47%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 301.1 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.26 (brs, 1H), 7.43 (brs, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (dd, J = 9.6, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (brs, 1H), 6.84 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.62 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 2.04 (s, 3H).
Compound 13: N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazol-l-yl)propanamide
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 39, starting from 3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanoic acid (Compound 16; 110 mg; 0.40 mmol) and N,N-dimethylethylenediamine (0.08 mL; 0.8 mmol), 20 mg (15%) of the title product was obtained as a yellow solid purified by preparative HPLC. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 14.0 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.11 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (dd, J = 10.0, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.27 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.77 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.31 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.13 (s, 6H). Compound 14: 3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylpropanamide
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound39, starting from 3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanoic acid (Compound 16; 200 mg; 0.73 mmol), 43 mg (21%) of the title product was obtained as a yellow solid purified by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 10/1).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, / = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.79 - 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.53 (d, / = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, / = 10.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.95 - 6.87 (m, 1H), 4.35 (t, / = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.67 (t, / = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.57 (d, / = 4.6 Hz, 3H). m.p. 185.3-186.0 °C. Compound 15: 3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N,N- dimethylpropanamide
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 40, starting from 3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanoic acid (Compound 16; 200 mg; 0.73 mmol), 40 mg (18%) of the title compound was obtained as a light- yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 30/1).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.81 - 7.69 (m, 2H), 7.53 (d, / = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, / = 10.1, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 4.35 (t, / = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.97 - 2.87 (m, 5H), 2.82 (s, 3H). m.p. 157.2-158.1 °C.
Compound 16: 3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanoic acid Step 1: tert-butyl 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)propanoate A mixture of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 100 mg; 0.29 mmol), ierf-butyl acrylate (77 mg; 0.60 mmol) and Cs2C03 (293 mg; 0.90 mmol) in MeCN (10 mL) was stirring at 80 °C overnight under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was filtered to remove solid and concentrated to afford 112 mg (82%) of the title compound as a yellow solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 470.1 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from iert-butyl 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)propanoate (Step 1; 112 mg; 0.24 mmol), 62 mg (96%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after aqueous acid base extraction and concentration without further purification.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 12.38 (s, 1H), 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.80 - 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.53 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.96 - 6.86 (m, 1H), 4.35 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.84 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H).
Compound 17: 3-(4-(5,6-difluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanoic acid
The title compound (28.6 mg; 22%) was obtained as a white solid after purification by reverse phase flash chromatography in step 2 of the synthesis of compound 55. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.28 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J = 11.7, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (dd, J = 11.2, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.73 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H).
19F NMR (377MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: -145.55 (d, J = 22.1 Hz, 1H), -148.66 (d, J = 22.3 Hz, 1H). Compound 18: l-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one Step 1: l-(2-(4-( 6-fluoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l - yl)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one
A mixture of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 300 mg; 0.88 mmol), 2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)ethyl methanesulfonate (Intermediate 31; 274 mg; 1.32 mmol), NaHC03 (403 mg; 4.80 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) was stirred at 90 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 100 mg (25%) of the title compound as a yellow solid, which was used directly used without further purification. LC-MS: mlz 454.1 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from l-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one (Step 1; 100 mg; 0.22 mmol), 24 mg (35%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.18 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.84 - 7.71 (m, 2H), 7.55 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 9.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (s, 1H), 4.24 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.49 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.16 (s, 4H).
Compound 19: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole
Step 1: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-l H -indole
To a solution of 3-(l-(2-bromoethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 22; 100 mg; 0.22 mmol) in MeCN (10 mL) was added 1- methylpiperazine (44 mg; 0.44 mmol), K2C03 (62 mg; 0.45 mmol), and Nal (33 mg; 0.22 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 4 hours, filtered, concentrated, and purified by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 10/1) to afford 70 mg (68%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 8.32 (s, IH), 8.05-8.03 (m, 3H), 7.95 (s, IH), 7.89-7.85 (m, IH), 7.79-7.68 (m, 2H). 7.63-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.19 (m, IH), 4.26-4.22 (t, 2H), 2.76-2.71 (t, 2H), 2.50-2.27 (m, 8H), 2.15 (s, 3H).
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-3-(l-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Step 1; 80 mg; 0.17 mmol), 31 mg (55%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 10/1).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.25 (s, IH), 8.13 (s, IH), 7.75-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.53 (d, IH), 7.19-7.15 (m, IH), 6.94-6.87(m, IH), 4.28-4.24 (t, 2H), 2.92-2.52 (m, 8H), 2.52-2.50 (t, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H). Compound 20: 4-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)morpholine
Step 1: 4-(2-(4-( 6-fluoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l - yl)ethyl)morpholine
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 41 Step 1, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 250 mg; 0.73 mmol) and 4-(2-chloroethyl)-morpholine hydrochloride (272 mg; 1.46 mmol), 233 mg (70%) of the title compound was obtained as a brown solid after purification by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 1/1).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 8.34 (s, IH), 8.11 - 8.02 (m, 3H), 7.97 (s, IH), 7.88 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.3 Hz, IH), 7.82 - 7.67 (m, 2H), 7.61 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.29 - 7.19 (m, IH), 4.26 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.57 - 3.51 (m, 4H), 2.74 (dd, J = 8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 2.42 (s, 4H). Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 4-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)ethyl)morpholine (Step 1; 233 mg; 0.51 mmol), 91 mg (57%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.82 - 7.69 (m, 2H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.98 - 6.84 (m, 1H), 4.26 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.62 - 3.51 (m, 4H), 2.75 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.47 - 2.38 (m, 4H). m.p. 144.2-1145.6 °C. Compound 21: N-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)acetamide
Step 1: N-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)ethyl)acetamide
To the solution of 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)ethanamine hydrochloride (Intermediate 19; 260 mg; 0.62 mmol) in pyridine (3 mL), was added Ac20 (2.00 mL; 2.13 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was trituated with a small amount of EtOAc to afford 150 mg (52%) of the title compound as a red solid, which was used directly without further purification.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 8.02 - 7.94 (m, 2H), 7.91 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J = 9.9, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (td, J = 8.9, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.47 (q, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 1.79 (s, 3H).
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from N-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)ethyl)acetamide (Step 1; 150 mg; 0.35 mmol), 66 mg (66%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC. LC-MS: m/z 287.2 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 8.01 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.98 - 6.82 (m, 1H), 4.18 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.47 (q, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 1.80 (s, 3H). m.p. 179.5-180.8 °C.
Compound 22: l-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)urea
Step 1: l-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)urea
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 4, starting from 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethanamine hydrochloride (Intermediate 19; 100 mg; 0.24 mmol), 161 mg (>100 ) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid, which used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: m/z 428.1 [M + H]+.
Step 2: Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from l-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)urea (Step 1; 161 mg), 41 mg (60%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (EtOAc).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 1.21 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.93 - 6.86 (m, 1H), 6.08 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.54 (s, 2H), 4.15 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.42 (dd, J = 12.3, 6.1 Hz, 2H).
Compound 23: l-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)-3- methylurea Step 1: 2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethanamine Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethanamine hydrochloride (Intermediate 19; 427 mg; 1.01 mmol), 169 mg (68%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 20/1).
LC-MS: mlz 245.1 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 5, starting from 2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethanamine (Step 1; 113 mg; 0.46 mmol), 21.4 mg (15%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.15 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (td, J = 9.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 5.96 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 5.84 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.45 (q, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 2.54 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 3H). m.p. 197.6- 198.7 °C.
Compound 24: 2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylethanamine
To a slurry of LiAlH4 (100 mg; 2.64 mmol) in THF (4 mL) was added a solution of tert- butyl 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethylcarbamate (Intermediate 18; 300mg; 0.62 mmol) in THF (6 mL) dropwise under argon. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight and then at reflux for 4 hours. The reaction was added sequentially water (0.1 mL), 10% aqueous NaOH (0.2 mL), water (5 mL), filtered and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was extracted with EtOAc (30 mLx2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by a silica gel chromatography (DCM/MeOH = 20/1) to afford the 94 mg (62%) of title compound as a yellow solid.
LC-MS: mlz 259 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.15 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.76 - 7.73 (m, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.93 - 6.87 (m, 1H), 4.19 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.90 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H). m.p. 94.2-95.2 °C.
Compound 25: N-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide
Step 1: N-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)ethyl)methane sulfonamide
To the solution of 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)ethanamine hydrochloride (Intermediate 19; 228 mg; 0.54 mmol) and DMAP (3 mg; 0.02 mmol) in pyridine (4 mL), was added MsCl (0.07 mL; 0.90 mmol) under nitrogen at 0 °C. The reaction was warmed to r.t. and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), washed with aqueous HCl (10 mL; 1 M), water (10 mL), brine (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 300 mg of the title compound as a yellow solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 460.8 [M - H]~.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from N-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (Step 1; 300 mg; 0.65 mmol), 54 mg (26%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 10/1).
LC-MS: mlz 323.1 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.74 - 7.68(m, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.09 (dd, J = 8.0, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (m, 1H), 4.34 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.57 (q, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.85 (s, 3H). Compound 26: 2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethanol
Step 1: 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethanol
A solution of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 1.20 mg; 0.35 mmol), 2-bromoethanol (157 mg; 1.26 mmol) and K2C03 (145 mg; 1.05 mmol) in MeCN (4 mL) was heated to 165 °C for 1 h in a microwave reactor. The reaction mixture was filtered and washed with MeCN. The combined filtrate was concentrated and purified by preparative TLC (petroleum ether /EtOAc = 1/1) to afford 41 mg (30%) of the title compound as a yellow semi-solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ [ppm]: 7.90 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.75 (m, 3H), 7.56 (m, 3H), 7.46 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (td, J = 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (m, 2H), 4.05 (m, 2H).
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethanol (Step 1; 61 mg; 0.16 mmol), 17 mg (44%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (petroleum ether /EtOAc = 1/1).
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.59 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (td, J = 9.5, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.83 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H). m.p. 140.2-140.8 °C.
Compound 27: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(2-(piperazin-l-yl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole Step 1: 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(2-(piperazin-l-yl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 28, starting from 3-(l-(2-bromoethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 22; 100 mg; 0.22 mmol) and piperazine (38 mg; 0.44 mmol), 68 mg (68%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 10/1). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.08-8.04(m, 3H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.89-7.85 (m, 1H), 7.78-7.75(m, 1H). 7.72-7.68 (m, 1H), 7.62-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.23 (t, 2H), 2.77-2.72 (m, 6H), 2.43 (s, 4H).
Step 2: Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(2-(piperazin-l-yl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Step 1; 80 mg; 0.18 mmol), 33 mg (60%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 10/1).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.20 (s, 1H), 8.117-8.116(d, 1H), 7.76-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.539-7.533 (d, 1H), 7.18-7.15(dd, 1H). 6.93-6.88 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.22 (t, 2H), 2.77-2.72 (m, 6H), 2.44-2.43 (d, 4H).
Compound 28: l-(4-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)piperazin- l-yl)ethanone
Step 1: l-(4-(2-(4-( 6-fluoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l - yl)ethyl)piperazin-l-yl)ethanone
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 89, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(2-(piperazin-l-yl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Compound obtained in Step 1 of the synthesis of Compound 27; 138 mg; 0.30 mmol), 140 mg (94 %) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 496.2 [M + H]+. Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound70, starting from l-(4-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)ethyl)piperazin-l-yl)ethanone (Step 1; 140 mg; 0.28 mmol), 80 mg (81 %) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 20/1).
LC-MS: mlz 356.2 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.58 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (td, J = 9.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.52 - 3.31 (m, 4H), 2.77 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.48 - 2.31 (m, 4H), 1.96 (s, 3H).
19F NMR (377 MHz, MeOH- 4) δ [ppm]: -124.26 (s, 1H).
Compound 29: 3-(l-(azetidin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH-indole Step 1: 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole
To a solution of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 240 mg; 0.70 mmol) and Cs2C03 (688 mg; 2.11 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added l-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine (186 mg; 1.39 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 65 °C for 2 hours, cooled to r.t., diluted with 10% aqueous NH4C1 (20 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (20 mLx3). The combined organic layerss were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over Na2S04 anhydrous, and concentrated to afford 300 mg (98%) of the title compound as a yellow solid, which was used directly without further purification. LC-MS: mlz 439.2 [M + H]+. Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-3-(l-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole (Step 1; 300 mg; 0.68 mmol), 170 mg (84%) of the title compound was obtained as a brown semi-solid after recrystallization from MeOH and petroleum ether. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.74 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (td, J = 9.5, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.62 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (s, 4H), 2.05 (m, 4H).
Compound 30: l-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)pyrrolidin-2- one
Step 1: l-(2-(4-( 6-fluoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l - yl)ethyl)pyrrolidin-2-one
A mixture of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 443 mg; 1.30 mmol), 2-(2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)ethyl methanesulfonate (Intermediate 43; 400 mg; 1.93 mmol), Cs2C03 (1.30 g; 3.99 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred at 90 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (40 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (40 mLx3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 285 mg (48%) of the title compound as a brown solid, which was used directly used without further purification.
LC-MS: m/z 453.1 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from l-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)ethyl)pyrrolidin-2-one (Step 1; 285 mg; 0.63 mmol), 23 mg (12%) of the title compound was obtained as a brown solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.23 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.87 - 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (t, J = 9.5 Hz, 2H), 3.61 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.13 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 2.23 - 2.09 (m, 2H), 1.84 (dd, J = 14.0, 7.3 Hz, 2H). Compound 31: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
Step 1: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole
A mixture of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 210 mg; 0.62 mmol), methyl vinyl sulfone (654 mg; 6.16 mmol) and Et3N (0.26 mL; 1.85 mmol) in methanol (15 mL) was heated at 130 °C for 0.5 h in a microwave reactor. The reaction mixture was cooled to r.t, concentrated to give a residue which was triturated with MeOH (2 mL) to afford 160 mg (58%) of the title product as a white solid. LC-MS: mlz 448.0 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, J = 6.0, 2.7 Hz, 3H), 7.89 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (td, J = 9.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.91 (s, 3H). Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-3-(l-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole (Step 1; 160 mg; 0.36 mmol), 70 mg (63%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (EtOAc). LC-MS: mlz 308.1 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.59 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (td, J = 9.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.64 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.67 (s, 3H). m.p. 153.3-155.1 °C.
Compound 32: 5,6-difluoro-3-(l-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole Step 1: 5,6-difluoro-3-(l-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indole
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 31, starting from 5, 6-difluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 30; 320 mg; 0.81 mmol), 186 mg (49%) of the title product was obtained as a white solid.
LC-MS: mlz 466.1 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.05 - 8.07 (m, 3H), 8.04 - 7.98 (m, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J = 10.8, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 4.58 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.91 (s, 3H).
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-3-(l-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole (Step 1; 185 mg; 0.40 mmol), 77 mg (60%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 326.1 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 11.30 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J = 11.6, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (dd, J = 11.2, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 4.58 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.76 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.89 (s, 3H). m.p. 170.6-171.9 °C. Compound 33: 3-(3,5-dimethyl-l-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6- fluoro- lH-indole
Step 1: 3-( 3, 5 -dimethyl- 1 -(2-( methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l -
(phenylsulfonyl)-l H -indole
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 31, starting from 3-(3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 14; 37 mg; 0.10 mmol), 47 mg (100%) of the title product was obtained as a yellow oil after concentration, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 475.8 [M + H]+.
Step 2: Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 3, starting from 3 -(3, 5 -dimethyl- l-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro- 1- (phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Step 1; 47 mg; 0.10 mmol), 18 mg (54%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 336.0 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ [ppm]: 8.27 (brs, 1H), 7.23 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J = 9.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.17 (s, 3H).
Compound 35: (-)-3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2- methylpropanamide
Step 1: methyl 3-(4-( 6-fluoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l -yl)-2 - methylpropanoate
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 6 Step 1, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 5; 683 mg; 2.00 mmol) and methyl 2-methyl-3- ((methylsulfonyl)oxy)propanoate (588 mg; 3.00 mmol), 341 mg (39%) of the title compound was obtained as a colorless oil after purification by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 3/1 to 2/1).
LC-MS: mlz 442.1 [M + H]+. Step 2: 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2- methylpropanoic acid Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 6 Step 2, starting from methyl 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)-2-methylpropanoate (Step 1; 341 mg; 0.77 mmol), 329 mg (100%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 428.1 [M + H]+.
Step 3: 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2- methylpropanamide
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 40 Step 1, starting from 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2- methylpropanoic acid (Step 2; 329 mg; 0.77 mmol), 328 mg (100%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 421 A [M + H]+. Step 4:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2- methylpropanamide (Step 3; 328 mg; 0.77 mmol), 84 mg (38 %) of the racemic title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC. Compound 35 (26.4 mg) was obtained as the first eluting enantiomer after chiral preparative HPLC (Chiralpak IA column, 250mmx20mm 5μιη; mobile phase: hexane/isopropyl alcohol/Et2NH 80/20/0.3; flow: 12 mL/min).
Chiral purity (HPLC; Chiralpak IA 250mmx4.6mm 5μιη; Mobile phase: Hexane/IPA 70/30; flow: 1.0 mL/min; UV detaction at 230 nm; Retention time 6.10 min): 98.6% e.e. Optical rotation: [a]254 D = -7.0 (c=1.0 g/100 ml, MeOH/MeCN = 1/1). LC-MS: m/z 287.1 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.31 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.14 - 7.04 (m, 1H), 4.67 (dd, J = 13.8, 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.40 (dd, J = 13.7, 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.44 - 3.19 (m, 3H), 1.41 (dd, J = 13.8, 6.5 Hz, 3H). m.p. 184.5-185.5 °C.
Compound 36: (+)-3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2- methylpropanamide
The title compound (second eluting enantiomer, 20.6 mg) was isolated from the chiral preparative HPLC as described in the synthesis of compound 35. Chiral purity (HPLC; Chiralpak IA 250mmx4.6mm 5μιη; Mobile phase: Hexane/IPA 70/30; flow: 1.0 mL/min; UV detaction at 230 nm; Retention time 7.39 min): 93.9% e.e.
Optical rotation [a]254 D = +0.3 (c=, MeOH/MeCN = 1/1).
LC-MS: m/z 287.1 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH- 4) δ [ppm]: 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.94 - 6.87 (m, 1H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 4.32 (dd, J = 13.5, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (dd, J = 13.4, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 2.92 (q, J = 14.2, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 1.01 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H). m.p. 184.5- 185.5 °C.
Compound 37: 3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2-hydroxy
propanamide
Step 1: 3-(l-(2,2-diethoxyethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole
A mixture of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 500 mg; 1.46 mmol), 2-bromo-l,l-diethoxyethane (578 mg; 2.93 mmol) and CS2CO3 (1.44 g; 4.42 mmol) in DMF (10.0 mL) was heated to 150 °C for 1 hour in a microwave reactor. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (50 mLx3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by s by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 20/1) to afford 250 mg (37 %) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
LC-MS: mlz 458.1 [M + H]+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.07 - 8.04 (m, 2H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.87 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.72 - 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.64 - 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.24 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.70 - 3.58 (m, 2H), 3.48 - 3.36 (m, 2H), 1.06 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H). Step 2: 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)acetaldehyde
A mixture of 3-(l-(2,2-diethoxyethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indole (Step 1; 250 mg; 0.55 mmol) in aqueous HQ (10 mL; 20 mmol; 2 M) and THF (5 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 2 hours. The organic solvent was removed and the residue was adjusted to pH = 9 with saturated aqueous NaHC03. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mLx3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 200 mg (95%) of the title compound as a brown oil, which was used directly without further purification.
Step 3: 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2-hydroxy propanenitrile
A mixture of 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)acetaldehyde (Step 2; 390 mg; 1.02 mmol), TMSCN (111 mg; 1.12 mmol), and DIPEA (263 mg; 2.03 mmol) in DCM (10.0 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was purified by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc =10/1) to afford 343 mg (82%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
LC-MS: mlz 410.9 [M + H]+
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.08 - 8.03 (m, 3H), 7.86 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.72 - 7.68 (m, 1H), 7.65 - 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.25 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 1H), 5.03 - 4.95 (m, 1H), 4.50 - 4.44 (m, 2H)
Step 4: 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2- hydroxypropanamide A mixture of 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2- hydroxypropanenitrile (Step 3; 183 mg; 0.45 mmol), PdCl2 (8.0 mg; 0.045 mmol), and acetamide (119 mg; 2.00 mmol) in THF (5 mL) and water (1.5 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by reverse phase flash chromatography to afford 20 mg (10%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
LC-MS: mlz 429.0 [M + H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.10 - 8.03 (m, 3H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.89 - 7.85 (m, 1H), 7.78 - 7.75 (m, 1H), 7.71 - 7.68 (m, 1H), 7.62 - 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.38 - 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.25 - 7.21 (m, 1H), 5.86 - 5.84 (m, 1H), 4.44 - 4.41 (m, 1H), 4.28 - 4.15 (m, 2H).
Step 5:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 3, starting from 3-(4-(6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2- hydroxypropanamide (Step 4; 20 mgx3; 0.047 mmolx3), 8.6 mg (7%) of the title compound was obtained as a light yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 289.0 [M + H]+
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.85 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.45 - 4.39 (m, 1H), 4.28 - 4.14 (m, 2H). Compound 38: 2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)acetamide
Step 1: 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)acetamide
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 41, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 250 mg; 0.73 mmol), K2CO3 (274 mg; 1.98 mmol), and 2-bromoacetamide (274 mg; 1.99 mmol) and MeCN (20 mL), 241 mg (83%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after filtration and concentration.
LC-MS: m/z 399.1 [M + H]+. Step 2: Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)acetamide (Step 1; 241 mg; 0.60 mmol), 13 mg (8%) of the title compound was obtained as a light yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 5/1).
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 58.02 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.74 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.11 (m, 1H), 6.89 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.95 (s, 2H).
Example 39: 2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N-methylacetamide
To a solution of 2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)acetic acid (Compound 41; 120 mg; 0.46 mmol) in THF (25 mL) was added HATU (350 mg; 0.92 mmol) and Et3N (279 mg; 2.76 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes before methylamine (0.5 mL; 1.0 mmol; 2 M in THF) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight, diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mLx3). The combined organic layers were concentrated, and purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc) to afford 33 mg (26%) of the title product as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.18 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.96 (m, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.74 (dd, J = 9.0, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, OH), 7.17 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (td, J = 9.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 2.63 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 3H). m.p. 259.2-260.1 °C.
Compound 40: 2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N,N- dimethylacetamide Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound39, starting from 2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)acetic acid (Compound 41; 120 mg; 0.46 mmol) and dimethylamine (0.5 mL; 1.0 mmol; 2 M in THF), 22 mg (17%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative TLC (EtOAc). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.18 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.73 (m, 2H), 7.56 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 9.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 3.06 (s, 3H), 2.87 (s, 3H). m.p. 250.9-251.4 °C.
Compound 41: 2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)acetic acid
Step 1: ethyl 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)acetate To a solution of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 1.00 g; 2.93 mmol) and K2C03 (1.30 g; 9.41 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was added ethyl bromoacetate (1.50 g; 8.98 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 70 °C for 2 hours, cooled to r.t, diluted with 10% aqueous NH4C1 (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mLx3). The combined organic layers were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 1.10 g (88%) of the title compound as a yellow solid, which was used directly without further purification.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ [ppm]: 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.05 (m, 3H), 7.78 (m, 3H), 7.61 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (td, J = 9.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 4.17 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.22 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H). Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from ethyl 2-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)acetate (Step 1; 1.10 g; 2.57 mmol), 673 mg (100%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 13.07 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 11.28 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (td, J = 9.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.98 (s, 2H).
Compound 42: methyl 2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)acetate To a solution of 2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)acetic acid (Compound 41; 100 mg; 0.39 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added concentrated sulfuric acid (0.02 mL; 0.39 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 85 °C overnight, cooled to r.t, poured into water, extracted with EtOAc (10 mLx3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04, concentrated, and purified by preparative TLC (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 1/1) to afford 33 mg (31%) of the title compound as a white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: δ 11.21 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J = 8.4, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (dd, J = 9.8, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 6.98 - 6.87 (m, 1H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H). Compound 43: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 21; 350 mg; 0.80 mmol), 37.2 mg (16%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by reverse phase flash chromatography. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.16 (d, / = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.83 - 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.53 (d, / = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, / = 10.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.95 - 6.85 (m, 1H), 3.98 (d, / = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.44 - 3.35 (m, 1H), 2.90 (d, / = 11.6 Hz, 2H), 2.40 (t, / = 11.0 Hz, 2H), 1.91 (d, J = 3.1 Hz, 1H), 1.49 - 1.39 (m, 2H), 1.13 - 1.04 (m, 2H). m.p. 106.3-107.5 °C.
Compound 44: 5,6-difluoro-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 5,6-difluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 46; 830 mg), 34.8 mg (19%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by reverse phase flash chromatography.
LC-MS: mlz 317.1 [M + H+]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.33 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.74 (dd, J = 11.6, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.40 (dd, J = 11.2, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.17 (s, 2H), 2.99 (d, J = 12.2 Hz, 2H), 1.99 (ddd, J = 11.5, 9.3, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 1.49 (d, J = 15.3 Hz, 2H), 1.18 (qd, J = 12.5, 4.2 Hz, 2H). m.p. 167.1-168.9 °C.
Compound 45: 6-fluoro-3-(l-((l-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH- pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
Step 1: 6-fluoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-3-( 1 -(( 1 -(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-l H-indole
A mixture of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole (Intermediate 21; 277 mg; 0.63 mmol), Et3N (0.40 mL; 2.87 mmol) and 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (147 mg; 0.63 mmol) in toluene (40 mL) was stirred at 80 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by reverse phase flash chromatography to afford 275 mg (84%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
LC-MS: mlz 521 [M + H]+. Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-((l-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Step 1; 275 mg; 0. 53 mmol), 135 mg (67 %) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.82 - 7.71 (m, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.01 - 6.85 (m, 1H), 4.02 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.12 (dt, J = 20.6, 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.99 - 2.84 (m, 2H), 2.42 - 2.22 (m, 2H), 1.84 (ddd, J = 7.3, 5.4, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 1.48 (d, J = 10.6 Hz, 2H), 1.26 (ddd, J = 14.0, 10.7, 2.5 Hz, 2H).
Compound 46: 6-fluoro-3-(l-((l-(2-fluoroethyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol- 4-yl)-lH-indole
Step 1: 6-fluoro-3-(l-((l-(2-fluoroethyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-l H -indole Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 81, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 21; 111 mg; 0.25 mmol) and l-bromo-2-fluoroethane (64 mg; 0.50 mmol), 122 mg (100%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification. LC-MS: mlz 485 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-3-(l-((l-(2-fluoroethyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Step 1; 122 mg; 0.25 mmol), 16.5 mg (19%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.77 - 7.69 (m, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.11 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.95 - 6.83 (m, 1H), 4.66 - 4.45 (m, 2H), 4.07 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.99 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 2H), 2.78 - 2.58 (m, 2H), 2.08 (td, J = 11.9, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 1.94 (ddd, J = 11.5, 7.6, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 1.60 (d, J = 12.9 Hz, 2H), 1.39 (qd, J = 12.6, 3.7 Hz, 2H).
Compound 47: 2-(4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidin- l-yl)ethanol
Step 1: 2-(4-((4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)piperidin-l -yl)ethanol Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 81, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 21; 200 mg; 0.46 mmol), 200 mg (91%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 483 [M + H]+. Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 2-(4-((4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)ethanol (Step 1; 200 mg; 0.41 mmol), 5.2 mg (4%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH- 4) δ [ppm]: 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.58 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.87 - 6.70 (m, 1H), 3.98 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.58 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 2.90 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 2H), 2.43 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 2.06 - 1.93 (m, 2H), 1.86 (ddd, J = 11.7, 7.7, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 1.52 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 2H), 1.37 - 1.19 (m, 2H). Compound 48: l,l,l-trifluoro-3-(4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)propan-2-ol Step 1: l -trifiuoro-3-(4-((4-(6-fiuoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol- 1 -yl)methyl)piperidin-l -yl)propan-2-ol
A mixture of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole (Intermediate 21 ; 111 mg; 0.25 mmol), K2C03 (35 mg; 0.25 mmol) and 2- (trifluoromethyl)oxirane (142 mg; 1.27 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred overnight under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was added water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mLx2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by reverse phase flash chromatograph to afford 65 mg (47%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. LC-MS: mlz 551 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from l,l, l-trifluoro-3-(4-((4-(6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)propan-2-ol (Step 1 ; 65 mg; 0.12 mmol), 16.5 mg (34%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by reverse phase flash chromatography.
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH- 4) δ [ppm] : 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 6.96 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (ddd, J = 9.6, 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.05 - 3.93 (m, 1H), 3.90 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.83 (dd, J = 15.1, 12.2 Hz, 2H), 2.51 - 2.36 (m, 2H), 2.06 - 1.88 (m, 2H), 1.77 (ddt, J = 15.1, 7.6, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 1.43 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 2H), 1.34 - 1.16 (m, 2H).
Compound 49: 2-(4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidin- l-yl)acetic acid
Step 1: ethyl 2-(4-((4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)piperidin-l -yl)acetate Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 41, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 21; 185 mg; 0.42 mmol), 330 mg of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil after purification by reverse phase flash chromatography. LC-MS: mlz 525 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from ethyl 2-(4-((4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)acetate (Step 1; 330 mg; 0.63 mmol), 190 mg (85 %) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by reverse phase flash chromatography.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.28 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.85 - 7.69 (m, 2H), 7.53 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (td, J = 9.5, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.99 (d, J = 11.3 Hz, 2H), 2.87 (s, 2H), 2.16 (t, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 1.86 (ddd, J = 10.9, 6.1, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 1.49 (d, J = 11.5 Hz, 2H), 1.44 - 1.21 (m, 2H). m.p. 120.3-121.5 °C.
Compound 50: 4-(4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidin- l-yl)-4-oxobutanoic acid
Step 1: methyl 4-(4-((4-( 6-fluoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l - yl)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)-4-oxobutanoate
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 83, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 21; 202 mg; 0.46 mmol) and monomethyl succinate (165 mg; 0.92 mmol), 220 mg (86%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil after purification by reverse phase flash chromatography.
LC-MS: mlz 553 [M + H]+. Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from methyl 4-(4-((4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)-4-oxobutanoate (Step 1; 220 mg; 0. 40 mmol), 69 mg (44 %) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.01 - 6.85 (m, 1H), 4.60 (d, J = 13.3 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (dd, J = 19.8, 10.6 Hz, 3H), 3.23 - 3.06 (m, 1H), 2.78 - 2.62 (m, 3H), 2.55 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.39 - 2.20 (m, 1H), 1.72 (t, J = 14.9 Hz, 2H), 1.46 - 1.15 (m, 2H). m.p. 79.2-80.1 °C.
Compound 51: l-(4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidin- l-yl)ethanone
Step 1: l-(4-((4-( 6-fluoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l - yl)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)ethanone
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 89, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 21; 365 mg; 0.83 mmol), 400 mg (100%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid, which was used directly without further purification. LC-MS: mlz 481 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from l-(4-((4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)ethanone (Step 1; 400 mg; 0.83 mmol), 37.4 mg (13%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: δ 11.21 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.80 - 7.71 (m, 2H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.96 - 6.86 (m, 1H), 4.34 (dd, J = 9.0, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 2H), 3.79 (d, J = 13.3 Hz, 1H), 3.05 - 2.92 (m, 2H), 2.16 - 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.10 (m, 2H). Compound 52: 3-(l-((l-cyclopropylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6- fluoro- lH-indole
Step 1: 3-(l-((l-cyclopropylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-l H -indole
A mixture of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole (Intermediate 21; 277 mg; 0.63 mmol), HOAc (121 mg; 2.01 mmol), (1- ethoxycyclopropoxy)trimethylsilane (220 mg; 1.26 mmol) and NaBH3CN (60 mg; 0.95 mmol) in DCM/MeOH/THF (10 ml/1 ml/15 ml) was stirred at 70°C overnight. The reaction mixture was added saturated aqueous NH4C1 (20 mL), extracted with EtOAc (50 mLx2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by reverse phase flash chromatography to afford 137 mg (45%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
LC-MS: mlz 479 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 3-(l-((l-cyclopropylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Step 1; 137 mg; 0.29 mmol), 17 mg (18%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.58 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (ddd, J = 9.6, 8.9, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 2H), 2.94 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 2H), 2.10 (td, J = 12.0, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 1.93 (s, 1H), 1.58 - 1.43 (m, 3H), 1.20 (dd, J = 12.5, 3.3 Hz, 2H), 0.44 - 0.25 (m, 4H). Compound 53: 6-fluoro-3-(l-((l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole
The title compound (40.7 mg; 16%) was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by reverse phase flash chromatography in step 2 of the synthesis of compound 52. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.81 - 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.53 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.0, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 10.0, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.73 (d, J = 11.5 Hz, 2H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 1.79 (m, 3H), 1.47 (d, J = 11.7 Hz, 2H), 1.30 - 1.17 (m, 2H). m.p. 166.3-169.7 °C.
Compound 54: 6-fluoro-3-(l-((l-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH- pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
Step 1: 6-fluoro-3-( methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l - (phenylsulfonyl)-l H -indole
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 25, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 21; 276 mg; 0.63 mmol), 300 mg (92%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: m/z 517 [M + H]+. Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-3-(l-((l-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Step 1; 300 mg; 0.58 mmol), 150 mg (69%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.99 - 6.83 (m, 1H), 4.08 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 2H), 3.55 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.76 - 2.61 (m, 2H), 2.07 - 1.91 (m, 1H), 1.64 (dd, J = 8.3, 4.7 Hz, 2H), 1.28 (ddd, J = 23.3, 11.8, 3.1 Hz, 2H). m.p. 82.3-83.1 °C.
Compound 55: 3-(3,5-dimethyl-l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro- lH-indole hydrochloride Step 1: tert-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-lH- pyrazol-1 -yl )methyl )piperidine-l -carboxylate
To a solution of 3-(3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 50; 150 mg; 0.41 mmol) and CS2CO3 (397 mg; 1.22 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added tert-butyl 4-((methylsulfonyloxy)methyl)piperidine-l- carboxylate (357 mg; 1.22 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90°C for 16 hours, cooled, diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mLx2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mLx2), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 226 mg (98%) of the title compound as a brown oil, which was used directly without further purification. LC-MS: mlz 566.9 [M + H]+
Step 2: tert-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)piperidine-l -carboxylate
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 3, starting from 4-((4-(6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indol-3-yl)-3,5-dimethyl- lH-pyrazol- 1- yl)methyl)piperidine-l -carboxylate (Step 1; 226 mg; 0.40 mmol), 96 mg (56%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 40/1).
LC-MS: mlz 421.0 [M + H]+
Step 3: Following the general method as outlined in synthesis of compound 2, starting from tert-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)piperidine-l -carboxylate (Step 2; 96 mg; 0.23 mmol), 45 mg (55%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC (HC1 additive).
LC-MS: mlz 327.0 [M + H]+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.29 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 9.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 3.52 - 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.13 - 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.44 - 2.32 (m, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.98 - 1.88 (m, 2H), 1.75 - 1.58 (m, 2H).
Compound 56: 6-fluoro-3-(3-methyl-l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole
Step 1: tert-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro-l H-indol-3-yl)-3-methyl-l H-pyrazol-1 - yl)methyl)piperidine-l -carboxylate
Following the general method as outlined in synthesis of compound 3, starting from a mixture of iert-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-3-methyl-lH- pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidine-l -carboxylate and iert-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidine-l- carboxylate (Intermediate 51; 1.00 g crude; 1.41 mmol), 450 mg (78%) of a mixture of iert-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-3-methyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidine- 1-carboxylate and ie/t-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)piperidine-l -carboxylate was obtained as a colorless oil after purification by reverse phase flash chromatography.
150 mg of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative chiral HP
Preparative chiral HPLC: ChiralCEL OJ-H 250mmx20mm 5μιη; Mobile phase: Hexane/IPA/Et2NH = 80/20/0.3; Flow: 15 mL/min 254 nm ambient temperature Analytical chiral HPLC: Chiralcel OJ-H 250mmx4.6mm 5μηι ; Mobile phase: Hexane/IPA = 70/30; Flow: 1.0 mL/min 230 nm ambient temperature; Retention time:7.282 min.
LC-MS: 413.0 [M + H]+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ [ppm]: 9.15 (s, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (dd, J = 9.6, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.30 - 3.98 (m, 2H), 3.96 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.82 - 2.56 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.22 - 1.98 (m, 1H), 1.70 - 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.30 - 1.09 (m, 2H).
Step 2: Following the general method as outlined in synthesis of compound 2, starting from iert-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-3-methyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidine- 1-carboxylate (Step 1; 150 mg; 0.36 mmol), 50 mg (44%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 313.0 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.24 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.02 - 2.82 (m, 2H), 2.48 - 2.32 (m, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.02 - 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.53 - 1.38 (m, 2H), 1.17 - 0.99 (m, 2H).
Compound 57: 6-fluoro-3-(5-methyl-l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole
Step tert-butyl 4-( ( 4-( 6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-l - yl)methyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate
150 mg of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after preparative chiral HPLC in synthesis of compound 56 step 1. Analytical chiral HPLC: Chiralcel OJ-H 250mmx4.6mm 5μηι ; Mobile phase: Hexane/IPA = 70/30; Flow: 1.0 mL/min 230 nm ambient temperature; Retention time: 10.834 min.
LC-MS: 413.0 [M + H]+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ [ppm]: 8.87 (s, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 - 7.04 (m, 2H), 6.97 - 6.86 (m, 1H), 4.31 - 4.03 (m, 2H), 3.99 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.86 - 2.56 (m, 2H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.28 - 2.06 (m, 1H), 1.70 - 1.56 (m, 2H), 1.47 (s, 9H) , 1.33 - 1.12 (m, 2H).
Step 2: Following the general method as outlined in synthesis of compound 2, starting from iert-butyl 4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidine- 1-carboxylate (Step 1; 150 mg; 0.36 mmol), 15 mg (13%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 313.0 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.25 (s, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.22 - 7.12 (m, 1H), 6.93 - 6.81 (m, 1H), 3.94 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.02 - 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.48 - 2.32 (m, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.03 - 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.56 - 1.32 (m, 2H), 1.26 - 0.98 (m, 2H).
Compound 58: 6-fluoro-3-(l-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4- yl)-lH-indole
Step 1: 6-fiuoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-3-( 1 -((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl)-lH- pyrazol-4-yl)-l H-indole
Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 20, starting from 6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 305 mg; 0.89 mmol) and (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl methanesulfonate (226 mg; 1.16 mmol), 398 mg of the title compound was obtained as a white solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 440 [M + H]+.
Step 2: Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol- 4-yl)-lH-indole (Step 1; 398 mg; 0.90 mmol), 102 mg (38%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 300.1 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 9.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.84 (dd, J = 11.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (td, J = 11.6, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 2.17 - 2.03 (m, 1H), 1.44 (d, J = 11.3 Hz, 2H), 1.27 (qd, J = 12.2, 4.4 Hz, 2H). m.p. 138.9-139.6 °C. Compound 59: 4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-4-ol
Step 1: 4-((4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ol
The mixture of K2C03 (221mg; 1.6 mmol) and l,6-dioxaspiro[2.5]octane (106 mg; 0.93 mmol) and 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 300 mg; 0.88 mmol) in DMF(2 ml) was stirred at 80°C. for 12 hours. The mixture was poured into ice-water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mLx3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by a silica gel chromatography (solvent ration) to afford 300 mg (75%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
LC-MS: mlz 456.1 [M + H]+. Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 4-((4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)methyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ol (Step 1; 300 mg; 0.66 mmol), 50 mg (24%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.11 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.94 - 6.85 (m, 1H), 4.21 (s, 2H), 3.87 - 3.69 (m, 4H), 1.87 - 1.70 (m, 2H), 1.47 (dd, J = 13.9, 1.8 Hz, 2H).
19F NMR (377 MHz, MeOH- 4) δ [ppm]: -124.51 (s, 1H). m.p. 213.5-214.5 °C. Compound 60: 4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)tetrahydro- 2H-thiopyran 1,1-dioxide
Following the general method as outlined in Intermediate 20, starting from 6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 92 mg; 0.27 mmol) and (l,l-dioxidotetrahydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl)methyl methanesulfonate (100 mg; 0.41mmol), 30 mg (32%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 20/1).
LC-MS: m/z 348.1[M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH- 4) δ [ppm]: 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.11 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.94 - 6.83 (m, 1H), 4.19 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.23 - 3.03 (m, 4H), 2.36 - 2.26 (m, 1H), 2.11 - 1.99 (m, 2H), 1.95- 1.80 (m, 2H).
19F NMR (377 MHz, MeOH- 4) δ [ppm]: -124.28. m.p. 193.1-194.1 °C.
Compound 61: ds-3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclobutanecarboxamide Step 1: cis-3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclobutanecarboxamide A mixture of ci5,-3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid (Intermediate 36; 100 mg; 0.23 mmol), Et3N (0.13 mL; 0.93 mmol), NH4C1 (24 mg; 0.45 mmol) and HATU (173 mg; 0.45 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was added water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mLx2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 98 mg (98%) of the title compound as a white solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 439 [M + H]+.
Step 2: Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from ci5,-3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclobutanecarboxamide (Step 1; 195 mg; 0.44 mmol), 14.9 mg (11%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 10/1).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.18 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.95 - 6.83 (m, 2H), 4.77 (dd, J = 12.5, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 2.83 - 2.72 (m, 1H), 2.69 - 2.54 (m, 4H). m.p. 225.7-226.3 °C.
Compound 62: trans-3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclobutanecarboxamide
Step 1: trans-3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclobutanecarboxamide
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 61, starting from iraw5,-3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid (Intermediate 34; 63 mg; 0.14 mmol), 63 mg (100%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid, which was used directly without further purification. LC-MS: m/z 439 [M + H]+. Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from tran5,-3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclobutanecarboxamide (Step 1; 63 mg; 0.14 mmol), 6.2 mg (15%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 9/1).
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 7.94 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (ddd, J = 9.6, 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 5.14 - 4.99 (m, 1H), 3.16 (qd, J = 8.3, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (tdd, J = 9.8, 7.9, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 2.74 - 2.61 (m, 2H). m.p. 198.4-199.2 °C.
Compound 63 : cis -3- (4- (6-fluoro- lH-indol-3-yl) - lH-pyrazol- 1 -yl) -N- methylcyclobutanecarboxamide
Step 1: cis-3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylcyclobutanecarboxamide
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 61, starting from cis- 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid (Intermediate 36; 100 mg; 0.23 mmol), and MeNH2 (0.23 mL; 0.46 mmol; 2.0 M in THF), 100 mg (96%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: m/z 453 [M + H]+. Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from ci5,-3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylcyclobutanecarboxamide (Step 1; 200 mg; 0.44 mmol), 32.6 mg (24%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 10/1).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.18 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.89 - 7.70 (m, 3H), 7.56 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.99 - 6.82 (m, 1H), 4.84 - 4.71 (m, 1H), 2.77 (dd, J = 17.7, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 2.66 - 2.59 (m, 8H). m.p. 173.7- 174.6 °C.
Compound 64: trans-3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylcyclobutanecarboxamide
Step 1: trans-3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylcyclobutanecarboxamide
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 67, starting from trans- 3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid (Intermediate 34; 50 mg; 0.11 mmol), 52 mg (100%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 453 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from iraw5,-3-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylcyclobutanecarboxamide (Step 1; 52 mg; 0.11 mmol), 20 mg (56%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 9/1).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dt, J = 8.8, 5.2 Hz, 3H), 7.53 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.00 - 6.82 (m, 1H), 5.12 - 4.99 (m, 1H), 3.03 (dd, J = 9.1, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.77 - 2.66 (m, 2H), 2.63 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 3H), 2.61 - 2.54 (m, 2H). m.p. 177.8-178.4 °C. Compound 65: ds-3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid
The title compound was obtained (10.4 mg; 8%) as a yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 10/1) in step 2 of the synthesis of compound 61. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 12.50 - 12.20 (m, 1H), 11.24 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.88 - 4.73 (m, 1H), 3.01 - 2.84 (m, 1H), 2.75 - 2.58 (m, 4H). m.p. 220.4-221.7 °C.
Compound 66: trans-3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid
The title compound was obtained (2.2 mg; 5%) as a yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 9/1) in step 2 of the synthesis of compound 62.
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.83 - 6.70 (m, 1H), 5.11 - 4.95 (m, 1H), 3.17 - 3.05 (m, 1H), 2.81 (ddd, J = 12.5, 10.1, 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.75 - 2.62 (m, 2H).
Compound 67: trans -4- (4- (6 -fluoro- lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrazol- 1 -yl)cyclohexane carboxamide
To a stirred solution of 4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (mixture of cis and trans isomers, Intermediate 52; 400 mg; 1.22 mmol) and Et3N (494 mg; 4.88 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 mL) was added HATU (931 mg; 2.45 mmol) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and NH4C1 (131 mg; 2.45 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours, quenched with water (20 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (30 mLx3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mLx3), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 15/1) and preparative HPLC to afford 36 mg (9%) of the title compound as a white solid. LC-MS: m/z 327.2 [M + H]+ .
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 11.17 (brs, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.52 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (brs, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (ddd, J = 9.1, 8.6, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (brs, 1H), 4.15 (tt, J = 11.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.18 (tt, J = 11.6, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.17 - 2.07 (m, 2H), 1.95 - 1.74 (m, 4H), 1.61 - 1.48 (m, 2H).
Coppound 68 : cis -4- (4- (6-fluoro- lH-indol-3- yl) - lH-p yrazol- 1 - vDcyclohexanol
Step 1: 4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)cyclohexanone
To a solution of 3-(l-(l,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro- lH- indole (Intermediate 53; 500 mg; 1.46 mmol) in THF (20 ml) was added concentrated aqueous HC1 (1.0 mL; 12 mmol; 12M). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, concentrated, and purified by reverse phase flash chromatography to afford 133 mg (45%) of the title compound as a white solid.
LC-MS: m/z 298 [M + H]+ Step 2:
A mixture of 4-(4-(6-fluoro- lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrazol-l-yl)cyclohexanone (Step 1 ; 133 mg; 0.45 mmol) and NaBH4 (34 mg; 0.90 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by reverse phase flash chromatography and preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 20/1) to afford 15.2 mg (11 ) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
LC-MS: m/z 300.1 [M + H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH- 4) δ [ppm] : 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.6, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.31 - 4.22 (m, 1H), 4.07 - 4.03 (m, 1H), 2.37 - 2.23 (m, 2H), 2.01 - 1.92 (m, 4H), 1.84 - 1.72 (m, 2H). Compound 69: trans-4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)cyclohexanol
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from iraw5,-4-(4-(6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclohexanol (Intermediate 49; 32 mg; 0.073 mmol), 15 mg (69 %) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 20/1).
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm] : 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.98 - 6.78 (m, 1H), 4.33 - 4.19 (m, 1H), 3.71 (ddd, J = 11.0, 6.7, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 2.26 - 2.07 (m, 4H), 1.99 (dt, J = 12.1, 6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.63 - 1.42 (m, 2H). m.p. 189.7- 190.5 °C.
Compound 70: 6-Fluoro-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
To a solution of 6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 183 mg; 0.54 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) was added a solution of NaOH (142 mg; 3.55 mmol) in water (1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 85°C for 4 h, concentrated, diluted with H20 (5 mL), and extracted with Et20 (10 mLx3). The combined organic layers were washed with water (10 mLx2), brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC. 39 mg (36%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 12.81 (s, 1H), 11.15 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.83-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.14 (m, 1H), 6.92-6.85 (m, 1H). m.p. 152.3-156.5 °C.
Compound 71: 5,6-difluoro-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 5, 6-difluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 30; 150 mg; 0.39 mmol), 10 mg (12%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by reverse phase flash chromatography. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 12.88 (s, 1H), 11.31 (s, 1H), 8.02 (s, 2H), 7.76 (dd, J = 10.8, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.40 (dd, J = 10.9, 7.2 Hz, 1H). m.p. 163.1- 165.5 °C.
Compound 72: 3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-indole Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 42; 200 mg; 0.51 mmol), 65 mg (50%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 9/1).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 13.05 - 12.74 (m, 1H), 11.57 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.4 Hz, 1H).
19F NMR (377 MHz, DMSO) δ: -58.77 (s, 1H). m.p. 185.4- 186.6 °C.
Compound 73: 6-Fluoro-3-(l-methyl-H-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-3-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole
(Intermediate 6; 218 mg; 0.61 mmol), 65 mg (49%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 11.19 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.76-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.15 (m, 1H), 6.93-6.88 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H). m.p. 187.7- 188.4 °C.
Compound 74: 3-(l,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH-indole and 3-(l,3- dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH-indole
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 3-(l,5-dimethyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole and 3- (1 ,3-dimethyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro- 1 -(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indole (Intermediate 26; 382 mg; 1.03 mmol), 17 mg (7%) of the title compound were obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC and preparative chiral HPLC (Chiralpak AD-H column, eluting with Hexane/isopropyl alcohol/diethylamine 80/20/0.3, first eluting product).
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.42 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.78 - 6.69 (m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H).
Compound 75: 3-(l,3-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH-indole
The Title Compound (26 mg; 11%) was obtained as the second-eluting product in the preparative chiral HPLC of the synthesis of compound 74. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH- 4) δ [ppm]: 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.11 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.88 - 6.82 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H).
Compound 77: 3-(l-methyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
Step 1: 1 ,1 ,1 -trifluoro-3-(l -(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)propan-2-one To a mixture of 2-(l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)acetic acid (1.50 g; 4.76 mmol) and trifluoroacetic anhydride (3.0 mL; 22 mmol) in toluene (150 mL) at 0 °C was added pyridine (2.4 mL; 30 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 60 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mLx2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by reverse phase flash chromatography and preparative HPLC to afford 0.50 g (29%) the title compound as a yellow oil.
Step 2: 4,4,4-trifluoro-3-oxo-2-(l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)butanal
A mixture of l,l,l-trifluoro-3-(l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)propan-2-one (Step 1; 200 mg; 0.54 mmol) and POCl3 (0.50 mL; 5.5 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mLx2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 460 mg (>100%) of the title compound as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 394 [M - H]~ Step 3: 3-(l-methyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-pymzol-4-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH ndole
A solution of 4,4,4-trifluoro-3-oxo-2-(l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)butanal (Step 2; 230 mg crude; 0.27 mmol) and methylhydrazine (670 mg; 40% aqueous solution; 5.82 mmol) in CH3CN (20 mL) was stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by reverse phase flash chromatography to afford 54 mg (49%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
LC-MS: mlz 406 [M + H]+
Step 4:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 3, starting from 3-(l-methyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole (Step 3; 54 mg; 0.13 mmol), 20 mg (57%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by reverse phase flash chromatography.
LC-MS: mlz 266.1 [M + H]+
1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.15 (ddd, J = 8.0, 7.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (ddd, J = 7.9, 7.0, 1.0 Hz, lH), 4.06 (s, 3H).
Compound 78: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
To a solution of iert-butyl 4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidine-l- carboxylate (Intermediate 16B; 230 mg; 0.60 mmol) in dioxane (3 mL) was added cone, aqueous HC1 (3 mL; 36%). The reaction mixture was stirred for 0.5 hour and concentrated to dryness, neutralized with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (50 mlx2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 10/1) to afford 70 mg (41%) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
LC-MS: mlz 285.2 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]:8.02 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (td, J = 9.4, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (ddd, J = 15.2, 10.3, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 3.58 (d, J = 13.1 Hz, 2H), 3.23 (td, J = 12.7, 3.9 Hz, 2H), 2.46 - 2.17 (m, 4H). m.p. 240.1-241.8 °C.
Compound 79 : 2- (4- (4- (6-fluoro- lH-indol-3-yl) - lH-pyrazol- 1 -yl)piperidin- 1 - yl)ethanol
Step 1: 2-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH ndol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- l-yl)ethanol
To a mixture of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 17; 210 mg; 0.46 mmol), K2C03 (189 mg; 1.37 mmol) and KI (3 mg; 0.018 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added 2-bromoethanol (115 mg; 0.92 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 hours, concentrated, and purified by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 10/1) to afford 148 mg (69%) of the title compound as a white solid.
LC-MS: mlz 469.1 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.07 - 7.99 (m, 3H), 7.94 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (td, J = 9.1, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.45 - 4.27 (m, 1H), 3.81 - 3.58 (m, 2H), 3.05 - 2.66 (m, 6H), 2.09 - 2.63 (m, 4H).
Step 2: Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 2-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)ethanol (Step 1; 148 mg; 0.32 mmol), 36mg (35%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 329.2 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.83 - 7.71 (m, 2H), 7.53 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (td, J = 9.4, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (dd, J = 14.9, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 3.53 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.99 (d, J = 11.4 Hz, 2H), 2.44 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.20 - 2.10 (m, 2H), 1.99 - 2.01 (m, 4H).
Compound 80: 4-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-4- oxobutanoic acid Step 1: methyl 4-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)piperidin-l-yl)-4-oxobutanoate
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 83, starting from 6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-( l-(piperidin-4-yl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 17; 400 mg; 0.86 mmol) and succinic acid monomethyl ester (249 mg; 1.88 mmol) in DMF (10 mL), 506 mg of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil after purification by a silica gel chromatography (EA).
LC-MS: mlz 539.1 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 4-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)-4-oxobutanoate (Step 1; 506 mg), 82.2 mg (22.8 %) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 385.1 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.93 - 6.84 (m, 1H), 4.69 (d, J = 14.1 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (td, J = 11.5, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 2.90 (d, J = 10.6 Hz, 2H), 2.76 (dd, J = 15.2, 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.63 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.21 (d, J = 20.6 Hz, 2H), 2.15 - 1.96 (m, 2H). m.p. 226-228 °C.
Compound 81: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-3- methoxypropan-l-one
Step 1: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- l-yl)-5 '-methoxypropan-l-one
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 83, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 21; 382 mg; 0.87 mmol) and 3-methoxypropanoic acid (180 mg; 1.73 mmol), 620 mg of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil after purification by a silica gel chromatography (EtOAc).
LC-MS: m/z 511 [M + H]+. Step 2: Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)-3-methoxypropan-l-one (Step 1; 440 mg), 30 mg (13 %) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.82 - 7.76 (m, 2H), 7.53 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (td, J = 9.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (dd, J = 23.4, 12.3 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (d, J = 14.4 Hz, 1H), 3.58 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 3.18 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 2.75 (t, J = 12.7 Hz, 1H), 2.63 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.07 (t, J = 13.4 Hz, 2H), 1.87 (ddd, J = 46.6, 12.2, 4.7 Hz, 2H).
Compound 82 : 1 - (4- (4- (6-fluoro- lH-indol-3-yl) - lH-pyrazol- 1 -yl)piperidin- 1 - yl)propan-l-one Step 1: l-(4-(4-(6-fiuoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH ndol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)propan-l -one
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 89, starting from 6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-( l-(piperidin-4-yl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 17; 370 mg; 0.80 mmol) and propionyl chloride (179 mg; 1.93 mmol), 310 mg (80 %) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: m/z 481 [M + H]+. Step 2: Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)propan-l-one (Step 1; 310 mg; 0.65 mmol), 50 mg (23 %) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.79 (q, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 7.53 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.93 - 6.86 (m, 1H), 4.56 - 4.39 (m, 2H), 3.98 (d, J = 14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.19 (t, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 2.74 (t, J = 11.5 Hz, 1H), 2.38 (q, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 2.07 (t, J = 13.6 Hz, 2H), 1.99 - 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.02 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H). m.p. 200-202 °C.
Compound 83: 2-(dimethylamino)-l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)piperidin-l-yl)ethanone
Step 1: 2-(dimethylamino)-l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazol-1 -yl )piperidin-l -yl)ethanone
To a solution of (dimethylamino)acetic acid (165 mg; 1.60 mmol), HATU (608 mg; 1.60 mmol), and DIPEA (619 mg; 4.80 mmol) in THF (25 mL) was added 6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 17; 368 mg; 0.80 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight, concentrated, dealed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (50 mlx2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated and purified by a silica gel chromatography (DCM/MeOH = 20/1) to afford 400 mg (100%) of the title compound as a yellow oil. LC-MS: mlz 510.1 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 2-(dimethylamino)-l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)ethanone (Step 1; 400 mg; 0.80 mmol), 80 mg (27%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 370.2 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH- 4) δ [ppm]: 7.99 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.15 - 7.05 (m, 1H), 6.96 - 6.79 (m, 1H), 4.69 (dd, J = 15.4, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (tt, J = 11.2, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (d, J = 13.2 Hz, 1H), 3.25 - 3.37 (m, 1H), 2.89 (m, 1H), 2.19 -2.16 (m, 2H), 2.16 - 1.89 (m, 2H). m.p. 193.7- 196.1 °C.
Compound 84: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-2- hydroxyethanone
Step 1: 2-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH ndol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- l-yl)-2-oxoethyl acetate
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 89, starting from 6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-( l-(piperidin-4-yl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 17; 368 mg; 0.80 mmol) and 2-chloro-2-oxoethyl acetate (165 mg; 1.21 mmol), 421 mg (100%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 525.0 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.13 - 7.98 (m, 4H), 7.93 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (td, J = 9.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.83 (s, 2H), 4.48 (ddd, J = 11.6, 9.9, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (dd, J = 13.4, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 3.90 - 3.77 (m, 1H), 3.21 (dd, J = 12.9, 12.4 Hz, 1H), 2.89 - 2.75 (m, 1H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.08 - 1.72 (m, 4H).
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 2-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)-2-oxoethyl acetate (Step 1; 421 mg; 0.80 mmol), 26 mg (9%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: m/z 343.1 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.18 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (m, 1H), 4.51 - 4.41 (m, 2H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.80 - 3.84 (m, 1H), 3.21 - 3.07 (m, 1H), 2.88 - 2.74 (m, 1H), 2.14 - 1.71 (m, 5H). m.p. 99.9-102.1 °C.
Compound 85 : 1 - (4- (4- (6-fluoro- lH-indol-3-yl) - lH-pyrazol- 1 -yl)piperidin- 1 -yl) -2- methoxyethanone
Step 1: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH ndol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)-2-methoxyethanone Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 83, starting from 6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 21; 188 mg; 0.43 mmol) and 2-methoxyacetic acid (41 mg; 0.46 mmol), 260 mg of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil after purification by a silica gel chromatography (EtOAc). LC-MS: mlz 497 [M + H]+. Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)-2-methoxyethanone (Step 1; 260 mg), 10 mg (7 %) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.18 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.79 (q, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (td, J = 9.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (t, J = 11.3 Hz, 2H), 4.20 - 4.08 (m, 2H), 3.90 (d, J = 12.9 Hz, 1H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 3.21 - 3.13 (m, 1H), 2.79 (t, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 2.08 (m, 2H), 1.91 (m, 2H). Compound 86: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-2- methylpropan- 1 -one
Step 1: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH ndol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)-2-methylpropan- 1 -one
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 83, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 17; 271 mg; 0.59 mmol) and isobutyric acid (104 mg; 1.18 mmol) in DMF (15 mL), 277 mg (90%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil after purification by a silica gel chromatography (DCM/MeOH = 20/1).
LC-MS: m/z 495.1 [M + H]+. Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)-2-methylpropan-l-one (Step 1; 277 mg; 0.56 mmol), 31 mg (16 %) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC. LC-MS: mlz 355.1 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.87 - 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (td, J = 9.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.60 - 4.35 (m, 2H), 4.14 - 3.92 (m, 1H), 3.22 (dd, J = 13.3, 12.7 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (dt, J = 13.5, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.69 - 2.76 (dd, J = 20.8, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 2.08 -2.15 (m, 2H), 1.98 - 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.03 (dd, J = 9.4, 7.3 Hz, 6H). m.p. 210.2-211 °C.
Compound 87 : 1 - (4- (4- (6-fluoro- lH-indol-3-yl) - lH-pyrazol- 1 -yl)piperidin- 1 -yl) - 2,2-dimethylpropan- 1 -one
Step 1: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-l -one Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 89, starting from 6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-( l-(piperidin-4-yl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 17; 200 mg; 0.47 mmol) and pivaloyl chloride (0.12 mL; 0.98 mmol), 250 mg (>100 %) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid, which was used directly without further purification. LC-MS: mlz 509 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-l-one (Step 1; 250 mg), 99 mg (54 %) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 369.1 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.82-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.00 - 6.80 (m, 1H), 4.52-4.36 (m, 3H), 2.99 (t, J = 12.7 Hz, 2H), 2.16 - 1.97 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.24 (s, 9H). 19F NMR (377 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: -122.09 (s, 1H). m.p. 231-232 °C. Compound 88: cyclopropyl(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)piperidin-l-yl)methanone
Step 1: cyclopropyl(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)piperidin-l -yl)methanone Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 83, starting from 6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-( l-(piperidin-4-yl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 17; 300 mg; 0.65mmol) and cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (122 mg; 1.42 mmol) in DMF (6 mL), 345 mg of the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil, which was used directly without further purification. LC-MS: mlz 493.1 [M + H]+.
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from cyclopropyl(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)piperidin-l-yl)methanone (Step 1; 345 mg), 118 mg (47.9 %) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 353.1 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.86 - 7.76 (m, 2H), 7.54 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.95 - 6.82 (m, 1H), 4.54 - 4.43 (m, 2H), 4.39 (s, 1H), 3.32 (d, J = 24.6 Hz, 1H), 2.78 (s, 1H), 2.12 (s, 1H), 2.09 - 1.98 (m, 2H), 1.90 (d, J = 37.4 Hz, 2H), 0.73 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 4H). m.p. 190.7-191.4 °C.
Compound 89 : 1 - (4- (4- (6-fluoro- lH-indol-3-yl) - lH-pyrazol- 1 -yl)piperidin- 1 - yl)ethanone
Step 1: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH ndol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)ethanone To a solution of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 17; 290 mg), Et3N (0.23 mL; 1.65 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added acetyl chloride (87 mg; 1.1 mmol) dropwise under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h and concentrated to afford 256 mg (100%) of the title compound as a white solid, which was used directly without further purification. LC-MS: mlz 467.1 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (t, J = 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (td, J = 9.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.43 - 4.49 (m, 2H), 3.86 - 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.27 - 3.19 (m, 1H), 2.78 - 2.69 (m, 1H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.02 - 1.77 (m, 4H).
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)ethanone (Step 1; 250 mg; 0.54 mmol), 80 mg (45%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 327.2 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.85 - 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (td, J = 9.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.55 - 4.34 (m, 2H), 3.92 - 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.18 - 3.25 (m, 1H), 2.70 - 2.76 (m, 1H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.13 - 1.71 (m, 4H). m.p. 183.2-184.5 °C.
Compound 90: 4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N,N- dimethylpiperidine- 1 -carboxamide
The title compound was obtained (15 mg; 8 %) as a white solid after purification by reverse phase flash chromatography in step 2 of the synthesis of compound 89.
LC-MS: mlz 356.2 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.93 - 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.98 - 6.74 (m, 1H), 4.42 - 4.27 (m, 1H), 3.67 (d, J = 13.2 Hz, 2H), 2.88 (t, J = 11.1 Hz, 2H), 2.77 (s, 6H), 2.07 - 1.85 (m, 4H). m.p. 223.0-224.6 °C. Compound 91: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
Step 1: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole
To a solution of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 17; 290 mg), Et3N (55 mg; 0.55 mmol)cOH (1 drop), and 37% aqueous HCHO (89 mg; 1.1 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added NaBH(OAc)3 (233 mg; 1.05 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in DCM (20 mL) and washed with saturated NaHC03 (20 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 270 mg (>100%) of the title compound as a white solid. LC-MS: mlz 439.2 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ [ppm]: 7.90 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.70 - 7.80 (m, 3H), 7.63 - 7.53 (m, 3H), 7.47 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (td, J = 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (dd, J = 9.5, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.09 - 3.13 (m, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.39 - 2.21 (m, 6H).
Step 2: Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH- indole (Step 1; 240 mg), 58 mg (37%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 299.2 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.76 - 7.80 (m, 2H), 7.53 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (td, J = 9.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (dd, J = 13.3, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 2.85 - 2.88 (m, 2H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.14 - 1.90 (m, 6H). m.p. 222.8-223.7 °C.
Compound 92: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH- pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole Step 1: 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-( l-( l-(( trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
To a solution of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 17; 217 mg; 0.47 mmol), Et3N (0.26 mL; 1.88 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) at 0 °C was added trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (0.13 mL; 0.77 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, concentrated, and purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc) to afford 100 mg (38%) of the title compound as a white solid.
LC-MS: mlz 556.8 [M + H]+
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.07 - 8.02 (m, 2H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.75 - 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.65 - 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.22 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.60 - 4.47 (m, 1H), 3.99 - 3.87 (m, 2H), 3.54 - 3.39 (m, 2H), 2.29 - 2.16 (m, 2H), 2.14 - 1.96 (m, 2H).
Step 2: Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 3, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(l-((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH- pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Step 1 ; 100 mg; 0.18 mmol), 60 mg (80%) of the title compound was obtained as a brown solid after purification by preparative TLC (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 1/1). LC-MS: mlz 417.0 [M + H]+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.20 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (tt, J = 11.2, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.99 - 3.87 (m, 2H), 3.54- 3.38 (m, 2H), 2.29 - 2.16 (m, 2H), 2.15 - 1.97 (m, 2H). Compound 94: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-3-methyl-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)piperidin-l-yl)ethanone
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 3, starting from a mixture of l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-3-methyl-lH-pyrazol- l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)ethanon and l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-5- methyl- lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)ethanone (Intermediate 54; 450 mg crude; 0.54 mmol), 73 mg (40%) of a mixture of l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-3-methyl-lH- pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)ethanone and l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-5-methyl- lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)ethanone was obtained as a white solid after purification by reverse phase flash chromatography. 10.5 mg of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by chiral preparative HPLC.
Preparative chiral HPLC: ChiralCel OD-H 250mmx20mm 5μιη; Mobile phase: C02/MeOH/Et2NH = 60/40/0.3; Flow: 50 mL/min 230 nm ambient temperature
Analytical chiral HPLC: Chiralcel OD-H 250mmx4.6mm 5μιη; Mobile phase: C02/MeOH/Et2NH = 60/40/0.3; Flow: 3.0 mL/min 230 nm ambient temperature
Retention time: 2.45 min.
LC-MS: mlz 341.1 [M + H]+
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.20 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.65 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.55 - 4.44 (m, 1H), 4.37 (tt, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.02 - 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.26 - 3.13 (m, 1H), 2.80 - 2.64 (m, 1H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.12 - 1.68 (m, 4H). Compound 95: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)piperidin-l-yl)ethanone
9.7 mg of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after chiral preparative HPLC in the synthesis of compound 95. Analytical chiral HPLC: Chiralcel OD-H 250mmx4.6mm 5μιη; Mobile phase: C02/MeOH/Et2NH = 60/40/0.3; Flow: 3.0 mL/min 230 nm ambient temperature
Retention time: 2.87 min.
LC-MS: mlz 341.1 [M + H]+
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.21 (s, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.56 - 4.40 (m, 2H), 4.02 - 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.32 - 3.16 (m, 1H), 2.82 - 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.08 - 1.72 (m, 4H).
Compound 96: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-(2-methoxyethylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH- pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole Step 1: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-((2-methoxyethyl)sulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-l H -indole
To a solution of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 17; 184 mg; 0.40 mmol) and Et3N (121 mg; 1.20 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at 0 °C was added 2-methoxyethanesulfonyl chloride (95 mg; 0.60 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, diluted with EtOAc (80 mL), washed with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 20/1) to afford 100 mg (46%) of the title compound as a yellow oil. LC-MS: mlz 546.8 [M + H]+ Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 3, starting from 6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-((2-methoxyethyl)sulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Step 1; 100 mg; 0.18 mmol), 50 mg (67%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 20/1).
LC-MS: mlz 407.1 [M + H]+
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (tt, J = 11.0, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 3.75 - 3.65 (m, 2H), 3.68 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.37 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 3.08 - 2.96 (m, 2H), 2.20 - 1.94 (m, 4H).
Compound 97: 3-(l-(l-(cvclopropylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6- fluoro- lH-indole Step 1: 3-( cyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l - (phenylsulfonyl)-l H -indole
To a solution of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 17; 200 mg; 0.47 mmol) and Et3N (142 mg; 1.40 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0 °C was added cyclopropanesulfonyl chloride (100 mg; 0.71 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, concentrated, and purified by reverse phase flash chromatography to afford 136 mg (55%) of the title compound as a white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 8.08 - 8.01 (m, 2H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.79 - 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.65 - 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.22 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.45 - 4.34 (m, 1H), 3.79 - 3.66 (m, 2H), 3.13 - 3.00 (m, 2H), 2.70 - 2.58 (m, 1H), 2.22 - 1.95 (m, 4H), 1.07 - 0.90 (m, 4H). Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 3, starting from 3-(l-(l-(cyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Step 1; 136 mg; 0.26 mmol), 60 mg (60%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: m/z 389.1 [M + H]+
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.17 (d, J = 0.6 Hz, 1H), 8.82 (d, J = 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (tt, J = 11.1, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 3.82 - 3.67 (m, 2H), 3.14 - 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.64 (tt, J = 7.7, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 2.24 - 1.96 (m, 4H), 1.10 - 0.88 (m, 4H).
Compound 98: 3-(l-(l-(ethylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH- indole
Step 1: 3-(l-(l-(ethylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l- (pheny Isulfony I )-lH -indole
To a solution of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 17; 200 mg; 0.47 mmol), Et3N (142 mg; 1.40 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) at 0 °C was added ethanesulfonyl chloride (91 mg; 0.71 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, diluted with EtOAc (80 mL), washed with water (30mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 20/1) to afford 125 mg (51%) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
LC-MS: m/z 516.8 [M + H]+
Step 2: Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 3, starting from 3-(l-(l-(ethylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)- 1H- indole (Step 1; 125 mg; 0.24 mmol), 67 mg (74%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 20/1).
LC-MS: m/z 377.1 [M + H]+
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.22 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.44 - 4.31 (m, 1H), 3.78 - 3.68 (m, 2H), 3.19 - 2.98 (m, 4H), 2.20 - 1.93 (m, 4H), 1.24 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H).
Compound 99: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-(isopropylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4- yl)-lH-indole Step 1: 6-fluoro-3-( isopropylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l - (phenylsulfonyl)-l H -indole
To a solution of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 17; 200 mg; 0.47 mmol), Et3N (0.19 mL; 1.41 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0 °C was added propane-2-sulfonyl chloride (101 mg; 0.71 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour and concentrated to afford 60 mg (24%) of the title compound as a yellow solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: m/z 531.1 [M + H]+
Step 2: Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 3, starting from 6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-(isopropylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Step 1; 60 mg; 0.11 mmol), 30 mg (68%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative TLC (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 1/1). LC-MS: m/z 391.1 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (tt, J = 11.2, 4.0Hz, 1H), 3.80 - 3.71 (m, 2H), 3.36 (sept, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.16 - 3.05 (m, 2H), 2.15 - 2.05 (m, 2H), 2.04 - 1.92 (m, 2H), 1.23 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H).
Compound 102: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)prop-2-en-l-one
Step 1: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH ndol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- l-yl)-3-( methylsulfonyl)propan-l -one A mixture of 3-(methylsulfonyl) propionic acid (110 mg; 0.72 mmol), HATU (547 mg; 1.44 mmol) and DIPEA (279 mg; 2.16 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes before 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 17; 365mg; 0.86 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, concentrated, and purified by reverse phase flash chromatography to afford 160 mg (40%) of the title compound as a white solid.
LC-MS: mlz 559.2 [M + H]+
Step 2:
To a mixture of l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)piperidin-l-yl)-3-(methylsulfonyl)propan-l-one (Step 1; 160 mg; 0.29 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added a solution of NaOH (150 mg; 3.8 mmol) in water (1.0 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated, redissolved with EtOAc (30 mL), and washed with water (15 mL) and brine (15 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 20/1) and preparative TLC (EtOAc) to afford 8 mg (8%) of the title compound as a white solid.
LC-MS: mlz 339.1 [M + H]+ 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm] : 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (dd, J = 16.8, 10.7 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (dd, J = 16.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.80 (dd, J = 10.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.80 - 4.70 (m, 1H), 4.60 - 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.38 - 4.27 (m, 1H), 3.43 - 3.33 (m, 1H), 3.05 - 2.92 (m, 1H), 2.30 - 2.21 (m, 2H), 2.15 - 2.00 (m, 2H).
Compound 103: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-4- (methylsulfonyl)butan-l-one
Step 1: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)piperidin-l-yl)-4-(methylsulfonyl)butan-l-one A mixture of 4-(methylsulfonyl)butanoic acid (187 mg; 1.13 mmol), HATU (430 mg; 1.13 mmol) and DIPEA (0.30 mL; 1.81 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hour before 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)- lH- pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 17; 260 mg; 0.56 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (50 mLx2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 323 mg (100%) of the title compound as a white solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 573.1 [M + H]+ Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 3, starting from l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol- l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-4- (methylsulfonyl)butan- l-one (Step 1 ; 320 mg; 0.56 mmol), 43 mg (18%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by silica gel chromatography (DCM/MeOH = 50/1 - 20/1).
LC-MS: mlz 433.1 [M + H]+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.56 - 4.39 (m, 2H), 4.02 - 3.91 (m, 1H), 3.27 - 3.15 (m, 1H), 3.15 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 2.83 - 2.70 (m, 1H), 2.55 (t, J = 1.2 Hz, 2H), 2.15 - 2.02 (m, 2H), 2.01 - 1.75 (m, 4H).
Compound 104: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-3- hydroxypropan- 1 -one
Step 1: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)-3-hydroxypropan-l -one A mixture of 3-hydroxypropionic acid (90 mg; 1.0 mmol), HATU (380 mg; 1.0 mmol) and DIPEA (193 mg; 1.5 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes before 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole (Intermediate 17; 200 mg; 0.47 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc/MeOH = 20/1) to afford 131 mg (56%) of the title compound as a white solid.
LC-MS: mlz 497.1 [M + H]+
Step 2: Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 3, starting from l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol- l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-3- hydroxypropan- l-one (Step 1 ; 131 mg; 0.26 mmol), 33 mg (35%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (EtOAc).
LC-MS: mlz 357.2 [M + H]+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.85 - 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.96 - 6.84 (m, 1H), 4.60 - 4.38 (m, 3H), 4.10 - 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.66 (dt, J = 12.0, 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.27 - 3.13 (m, 1H), 2.82 - 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.54 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.15 - 1.99 (m, 2H), 1.98 - 1.70 (m, 2H).
Compound 105: l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-3- (methylsulfonyl)propan-l-one To a solution of 3-(methylsulfonyl)propanoic acid (92 mg; 0.60 mmol), HATU (380mg; 1.00 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added DIPEA (194 mg; 1.50 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes before 6-fluoro-3-(l-(piperidin- 4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Compound 78; 143 mg; 0.50 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, concentrated, and purified by preparative HPLC to afford 80 mg (38%) of the title compound as a white solid.
LC-MS: mlz 419.1 [M + H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.79 (dd, / = 8.7, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, / = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, / = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (ddd, / = 9.7, 8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.52 - 4.43 (m, 2H), 4.07 - 3.99 (m, 1H), 3.35 (t, / = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.29- 3.19 (m, 1H), 3.01 (s, 3H), 2.87 (t, / = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.90 - 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.16 - 1.78 (m, 4H).
Compound 106: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole
Step 1: 6-fluoro-3-( methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l - (pheny Isulfony I )-lH -indole
To a solution of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Intermediate 17; 200 mg; 0.47 mmol), Et3N (142 mg; 1.40 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) at 0 °C was added methanesulfonyl chloride (108 mg; 0.94 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and concentrated to afford 230 mg (97%) of the title compound as a yellow solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 503.1 [M + H]+ Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 3, starting from 6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indole (Step 1; 200 mg crude; 0.40 mmol), 90 mg (62%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative TLC (EtOAc).
LC-MS: m/z 363.1 [M + H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (tt, J = 11.2, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 3.73 - 3.65 (m, 2H), 3.01 - 2.94 (m, 2H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.21 - 2.13 (m, 2H), 2.13 - 1.99 (m, 2H).
Compound 107: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(pyridazin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
Step 1: 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(pyridazin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
A mixture of 3-(l-(6-chloropyridazin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 44; 180mg; 0.40 mmol), Pd/C(10 mg) and Et3N (40 mg; 0.40 mmol) was stirred for 0.5 hour at r.t. under a hydrogen balloon. The reaction mixture was filtered, concentrated, and purified by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 5/1 to 3/1) to afford 100 mg (60%) of the title compound as a white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 9.37 (s, 1H), 9.24 (d, 1H, J = 4.4 Hz), 8.55 (s, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 8.27 (d, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz), 8.11- 8.05(m, 3H), 7 '.95-7 '.92 (m, 1H), 7.80 (d, 1H, J = 10.0Hz), 7.74-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.65-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.25 (t, 1H, J = 5.6 Hz).
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(pyridazin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Step 1; 83 mg; 0.20 mmol), 50 mg (90%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by a silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 4/1 to 2/1).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.3 (br, 1H), 9.20 (d, 1H, J = 4.8 Hz), 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.93-7.89 (m, 2H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H, J = 10.0Hz), 6.96 (t, 1H, J = 9.6 Hz).
Compound 108: 3-(l-(6-chloropyridazin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH-indole
A mixture of 3-(l-(6-chloropyridazin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 44; 226 mg; 0.50 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added NaOH (80 mg; 2.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 75 °C for 16 hours, concentrated, and purified by preparative HPLC to afford 45 mg (28 %) of the title compound as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 12.3 (br, 1H), 9.08 (s, 1H), 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz), 8.08 (d, 1H, J = 9.2 Hz), 7.94-7.90 (m, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H, J = 10.4Hz),7.00-6.84 (m, 1H). Compound 109: 6-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)pyridazin-3-amine
Step 1: N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-6-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazol-1 -yl )pyridazin-3 -amine
A mixture of 3-(l-(6-chloropyridazin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 44; 136 mg; 0.30 mmol) and 2,4- dimethoxybenzylamine (100 mg; 0.60 mmol) in NMP (2 mL) was stirred at 200 °C for 2 hours under a microwave reactor. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), washed water (10 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by a silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 4/1 to 2/1) to afford 120 mg (68%) of the title compound as a white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 9.09 (s, 1H), 8.35 (d, 1H, J =13.2 Hz), 8.09 (d, 2H, J =6.9 Hz), 8.02-7.97 (m, 1H), 7.88 (d, 1H, J =9.3 Hz), 7.81 (d, 1H, J =9.9 Hz), 7.70 (d, 1H, J =5.7 Hz), 7.64-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H, J = 11.7Hz), 7.12 (d, 1H, J = 9.3 Hz), 4.48 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 3H).
Step 2: N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-6-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)pyridazin-3 -amine Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-6-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrazol-l-yl)pyridazin-3-amine (145 mg; 0.25 mmol), 80 mg (73%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by a silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc = 4/1 to 2/1). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ [ppm]: 11.34 (br, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H, J =9.2 Hz), 7.89-7.84 (m, 2H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.28-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.11 (d, 1H, J = 10.0Hz), 6.99-6.94 (m, 1H), 6.58 (s, 1H), 6.50-6.47 (m, 1H), 4.48 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H).
Step 3: A mixture of N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-6-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)pyridazin-3-amine (80 mg; 0.18 mmol) and anisole (2.0 mL) in TFA (2.0 mL) was stirred at 120°C for 2 hours in a microwave reactor. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and purified by a silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc = 4/1 to 2/1) to afford 30 mg (57%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ [ppm]: 11.34 (br, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H, 11.39 (br, 1H), 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H, J =9.2 Hz), 7.88-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.39 (d, 1H, J = 10.0Hz), 7.21 (d, 1H, J = 10.0Hz),6.99-6.94 (m, 1H).
Compound 110: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(pyridazin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
Step 1: 3-(l-(3,6-dichloropyridazin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indole
To a solution of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 5; 200 mg; 0.59 mmol) in MeCN (10 mL) was added 3,4,6- trichloropyridazine (97 mg; 0.529 mmol) and K2CO3 (146 mg; 1.06 mmol) under nitrogen. The mixture was sirred at 85 °C for 24 hours, diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with water (50 mLx3), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by reversed phase flash chromatography to afford 100 mg (39%) of the title compound a the yellow solid.
LC-MS: mlz 488 [M + H]+.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ [ppm]: 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.63- 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.54 - 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.12 (td, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H). Step 2: 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(pyridazin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
A mixture of 3-(l-(3,6-dichloropyridazin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-l- (phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indole (Step 1; 80 mg; 0.16 mmol) and Pd/C (30 mg; 10%) in MeOH (15 mL) was stirred for 1 hour under a hydrogen ballon. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated to afford 50 mg (64%) of the title compound as a yellow solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 420 [M + H]+.
Step 3:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(pyridazin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (Step 2; 50 mg; 0.12 mmol), 13 mg (39%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by reverse phase flash chromatography.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.51 (s, 1H), 9.95 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 9.28 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 9.16 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.20-8.17 (m, 1H), 8.07-8.03 (m, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H),7.23 (dd, J = 10, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (dt, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz 1H). Compound 111: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(pyridin-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(pyridin-2-yl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole
(Intermediate 15; 230 mg; 0.55 mmol), 17.2 mg (11%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm] : 8.75 (s, 1H), 8.36 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.85 (m, 2H), 7.69 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J = 8.5, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (td, J = 9.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H). m.p. 171.3- 172.5 °C.
Compound 112: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(pyridin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(pyridin-3-yl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole
(Intermediate 12; 362 mg; 0.87 mmol), 63 mg (26%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 11.38 (s, 1H), 9.25 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.53 (d, J = 4.2 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.03 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J = 8.2, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (m, 1H). m.p. 203.0-204.6 °C.
Compound 113: 6-fluoro-3-(l-(pyridin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 70, starting from 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(pyridin-4-yl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (Intermediate 10; 363 mg; 0.87 mmol), 146 mg (60%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm] : 11.40 (d, 1H, J = 1.6 Hz), 9.04 (s, 1H), 8.66 (d, 2H, J = 4.7 Hz), 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.02 (m, 3H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H, J = 9.5 Hz), 6.99 (t, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz), m.p. >280 °C. Compound 114: tra¾s-4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N,N- dimethylcyclohexanecarboxamide
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 67, starting from 4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (as a mixture of cis and trans isomers) (Intermediate 52; 180 mg; 0.55 mmol) and dimethylamine (0.50 mL; 1.00 mmol; 2 M in THF), 40 mg (21%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 20/1) and preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: m/z 355.1 [M + H]+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.68 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.07 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (tt, J = 11.7, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 2.81 (tt, J = 11.8, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.27 - 2.16 (m, 2H), 2.05 - 1.89 (m, 4H), 1.80 - 1.62 (m, 2H).
Compound 115: ds-4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- vDcyclohexanecarboxamide
16 mg (4%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 15/1) and preparative HPLC in the synthesis of compound 67.
LC-MS: m/z 325.1 [M - H] 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.68 (dd, J = 8.4, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.11 - 7.05 (m, 1H), 6.90 - 6.82 (m, 1H), 4.33 - 4.24 (m, 1H), 2.40 - 2.25 (m, 1H), 2.40 - 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.15 - 1.94 (m, 4H), 1.84 - 1.70 (m, 2H).
Compound 116: cis- 4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylcyclohexanecarboxamide 25 mg (13%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 20/1) and preparative HPLC in the synthesis of compound 118.
LC-MS: mlz 341.1 [M + H]+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ [ppm]: 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.08 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (tt, J = 11.7, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.55 - 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.41 - 2.26 (m, 2H), 2.11 - 1.93 (m, 4H), 1.82 - 1.68 (m, 2H).
Compound 117: cis- 4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N V- dimethylcyclohexanecarboxamide
15mg (8%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 20/1) and preparative HPLC in the synthesis of compoundl l4.
LC-MS: mlz 355.1 [M + H]+ 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH- 4) δ [ppm]: 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J = 8.8,
5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.09 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (ddd, J = 9.8, 8.8,
2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (tt, J = 7.4, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 2.97 - 2.87 (m, 1H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.54 - 2.39 (m, 2H), 2.06 - 1.82 (m, 4H), 1.77 - 1.64 (m, 2H).
Compound 118: trans- 4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylcyclohexanecarboxamide
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 67, starting from 4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (as a mixture of cis and trans isomers) (Intermediate 52; 180 mg; 0.55 mmol) and methylamine (0.50 mL; 1.00 mmol; 2 M in THF), 48 mg (25%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid after purification by preparative TLC (DCM/MeOH = 20/1) and preparative HPLC. LC-MS: m/z 341.1 [M + H]+
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.15 (brs, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.81 - 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.52 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (tt, J = 11.6, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 2.58 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 3H), 2.18 (tt, J = 11.9, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.16 - 2.05 (m, 2H), 1.95 - 1.72 (m, 4H), 1.67 - 1.47 (m, 2H).
Compound 119: 4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidine-l- carboxamide
Step 1: 4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidine-l- carboxamide To the mixture of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 17; 200 mg; 0.43 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added Et3N (214 mg; 2.11 mmol) and trimethylsilyl isocyanate (92 mg; 0.80 mmol). After 3 hours, another portion of trimethylsilyl isocyanate (50 mg; 0.43 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to afford 453 mg (>100%) of the title compound as a white solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: m/z 468.1 [M + H]+
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 3, starting from 4-(4-(6-fluoro- l-(phenylsulfonyl)- lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidine- 1- carboxamide (Step 1; 450 mg crude; 0.43 mmol), 37 mg (26%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: m/z 328.1 [M + H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (ddd, J = 9.8, 8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.02 (brs, 2H), 4.36 (tt, J = 11.3, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.12 - 4.02 (m, 2H), 2.91 - 2.79 (m, 2H), 2.05 - 1.96 (m, 2H), 1.92 - 1.78 (m, 2H).
Compound 120: methyl 4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidine- 1-carboxylate To a solution of 6-fluoro-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole hydrochloride (compound 78; 300 mg; 0.94 mmol) and Et3N (237 mg; 2.34 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added methyl chloroformate (115 mg; 1.22 mmol) at -10°C dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 5-10°C for 3 hours and quenched with aqueous NaOH (30 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (50 mLx2) and EtOAc (50 mLx2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, concentrated and purified by preparative HPLC to afford 100 mg (31 ) of the title compound as a white solid.
LC-MS: mlz 343.1 [M + H]+ 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.18 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (ddd, J = 9.8, 8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (tt, J = 11.5, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 4.21 - 3.99 (m, 2H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.16 - 2.89 (m, 2H), 2.15 - 2.00 (m, 2H), 1.97 - 1.83 (m, 2H).
Compound 121: 2-amino-l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)piperidin-l-yl)ethanone
Step 1: tert-butyl (2-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l -(phenylsulfonyl)-l H-indol-3-yl)-l H-pyrazol-1 - yl)piperidin-l-yl)-2-oxoethyl)carbamate
To a solution of 2-((ieri-butoxycarbonyl)amino)acetic acid (229 mg; 1.31 mmol) and DIPEA (449 mg; 3.47 mmol) in DMF(4 mL) was added HATU (498 mg; 1.31 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes before a pre-mixed solution of 6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole hydrochloride (Intermediate 17; 400 mg; 0.87mmol) and DIPEA(113 mg; 0.87 mmol) in DMF(1 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and added dropwise to H20 (50mL) with vigorous stirring. The resulting precipitate was collected by vacuum filtration to afford 484 mg (96%) of the title compound as a white solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 525.8 [M + H - iBu]+
Step 2: tert-butyl (2-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-2- oxoethyl )carbamate
Following the general method as outlined in the synthesis of compound 3, starting from iert-butyl (2-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-l-(phenylsulfonyl)-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)piperidin-l-yl)-2-oxoethyl)carbamate (Step 1; 480 mg; 0.83 mmol), 230 mg (63%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 442.1 [M + H]+ Step 3:
Following the general method as outlined in Step 2 of Intermediate 14, starting from iert-butyl (2-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-2- oxoethyl)carbamate (Step 2; 230 mg; 0.52 mmol), 100 mg (56%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC. LC-MS: mlz 342.1 [M + H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.18 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.82 - 7.76 (m, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (ddd, J = 9.9, 8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.56 - 4.41 (m, 2H), 3.97 - 3.80 (m, 1H), 3.40 (s, 2H), 3.21 - 3.08 (m, 1H), 2.86 - 2.73 (m, 1H), 2.22 (brs, 2H), 2.12 - 2.03 (m, 2H), 2.01 - 1.75 (m, 2H). Compound 122: ( )-2-amino-l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)piperidin-l-yl)-3-methylbutan-l-one
Step 1: (S)-tert-butyl (l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)- 3-methyl-l-oxobutan-2-yl)carbamate To a solution of Boc-L- Valine (254 mg; 1.17 mmol) and DIPEA (402 mg; 3.11 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added HATU (445 mg; 1.17 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes before 6-fluoro-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH- pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole (compound 78; 222 mg; 0.78 mmol) in DMF(1 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and added dropwise to water (50mL) with vigorous stirring. The resulting precipitate was collected by vacuum filtration to afford 453 mg (>100%) of the title compound as a white solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 484.0 [M + H]+
Step 2: Following the general method as outlined in Step 2 of Intermediate 14, starting from (5 ierf-butyl (l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-3- methyl-l-oxobutan-2-yl)carbamate (Step 1; 450 mg crude; 0.78 mmol), 80 mg (27%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC. LC-MS: mlz 384.2 [M + H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.18 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.82 - 7.76 (m, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.95 - 6.87 (m, 1H), 4.62 - 4.41 (m, 2H), 4.12 - 4.01 (m, 1H), 3.57 - 3.46 (m, 1H), 3.26 - 3.14 (m, 1H), 2.85 - 2.72 (m, 1H), 2.20 - 1.65 (m, 7H), 0.95 - 0.88 (m, 3H, possible rotamer), 0.86 - 0.76 (m, 3H, possible rotamer).
[a]20 D = -7.0 (c = 0.002, MeOH) Compound 123: 3-amino-l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- vDpiperidin- 1 - vDpropan- 1 -one
Step 1: tert-butyl (3-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-3- oxopropyl)carbamate Following the general method as outlined in Step 1 of the synthesis of compound 122, starting from 3-((iert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)propanoic acid (179 mg; 0.95 mmol) and 6-fluoro-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (compound 78; 177 mg; 0.62 mmol), 180 mg (63%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid, which was used directly without further purification. LC-MS: mlz 456.0 [M + H]+
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in Step 2 of Intermediate 14, starting from iert-butyl (3-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-3- oxopropyl)carbamate (Step 1; 180 mg; 0.40 mmol), 60 mg (43%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 356.2 [M + H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.18 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.83 - 7.76 (m, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.56 - 4.40 (m, 2H), 4.04 - 3.93 (m, 1H), 3.25 - 3.13 (m, 2H), 2.82 - 2.69 (m, 2H), 2.56 - 2.43 (m, 2 H), 2.13 - 2.01 (m, 2H), 2.01 - 1.74 (m, 2H).
Compound 124: (R)-2-amino-l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)piperidin-l-yl)-3-methylbutan-l-one
Step 1: (R)-tert-butyl (l-(4-(4-(6-fiuoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)- 3-methyl-l-oxobutan-2-yl)carbamate Following the general method as outlined in Step 1 of the synthesis of compound 122, starting from Boc-D-Valine (254 mg; 1.17 mmol) and 6-fluoro-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (compound 78; 222 mg; 0.78 mmol), 248 mg (66%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid, which was used directly without further purification.
LC-MS: mlz 484.0 [M + H]+
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in Step 2 of Intermediate 14, starting from (R)-tert-butyl (l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-3- methyl- l-oxobutan-2-yl)carbamate (Step 1; 248 mg; 0.51 mmol), 172 mg (87%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 384.2 [M + H]+
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.18 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.84 - 7.75 (m, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.96 - 6.85 (m, 1H), 4.62 - 4.40 (m, 2H), 4.13 - 4.00 (m, 1H), 3.57 - 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.27 - 3.13 (m, 1H), 2.86 - 2.69 (m, 1H), 2.20 - 1.60 (m, 7H), 0.95 - 0.87 (m, 3H, possible rotamer), 0.86 - 0.75 (m, 3H, possible rotamer).
Compound 125: 4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylpiperidine- 1 -carboxamide A mixture of methylamine (0.70 mL; 1.40 mmol; 2 M in THF) and CDI (227 mg; 1.40 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours and added to a solution of 6-fluoro-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole hydrochloride (compound 78; 300 mg; 0.94 mmol) and Et3N (157 mg; 1.55 mmol) in THF (20 mL) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, concentrated, and purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc /MeOH = 8/1) to afford 60 mg (19%) of the title compound as a white solid.
LC-MS: mlz 342.2 [M + H]+ 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (ddd, J = 9.8, 8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.51 (q, J = 4.2 Hz, 1H) 4.38 (tt, J = 11.4, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.13 - 4.02 (m, 2H), 2.91 - 2.79 (m, 2H), 2.59 (d, J = 4.2 Hz, 3H), 2.05 - 1.95 (m, 2H), 1.91 - 1.77 (m, 2H).
Compound 126: ( )-2-amino-l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- vDpiperidin- 1 - vDpropan- 1 -one
Step 1: (S)-tert-butyl (l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)- 1 -oxopropan-2-yl)carbamate Following the general method as outlined in Step 1 of the synthesis of compound 122, starting from Boc-L- Alanine (221 mg; 1.17 mmol) and 6-fluoro-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole (compound 78; 222 mg; 0.78 mmol), 200 mg (56%) of the title compound was obtained as a yellow solid, which was used directly without further purification. LC-MS: mlz 455.9 [M + H]+
Step 2:
Following the general method as outlined in Step 2 of Intermediate 14, starting from {S)-tert-bvA.y\ (l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-l- oxopropan-2-yl)carbamate (Step 1; 200 mg; 0.44mmol), 120 mg (77%) of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after purification by preparative HPLC.
LC-MS: mlz 356.1 [M + H]+
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ [ppm]: 11.18 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.85 - 7.75 (m, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.21 -7.12 (m, 1H), 6.96 - 6.86 (m, 1H), 4.58 - 4.40 (m, 2H), 4.13 - 3.98 (m, 1H), 3.87 -3.74 (m, 1H), 3.27 - 3.11 (m, 1H), 2.86 - 2.69 (m, 1H), 2.25 - 1.73 (m, 6H), 1.18 - 1.02 (m, 3H, possible rotamer) II. BIOLOGY EXAMPLES
IL L Assay for TDQ2 enzymatic activity determination
The compounds of the present invention inhibit the enzymatic activity of human TD02.
To measure the TD02 activity, the reaction mixture contained (final concentrations) potassium phosphate buffer (50 mM, pH 7.5), ascorbic acid (0.25 M), methylene blue (0.125 μΜ), catalase (40 units/mL, from bovine liver, Sigma), and human recombinant TD02 enzyme (prepared as described in Dolusic et al. J. Med. Chem. ; 2011, 54, 5320- 5334; 0.9 μg) without or with the compounds of the present invention at the indicated concentrations (total volume 112.5 μί). The reaction was initiated by the addition of 37.5 μΐ^ of L-Trp (final concentration 1 mM) at room temperature. The reaction was conducted at room temperature during one hour and stopped by the addition of 30 μΐ^ of 30% (w/v) trichloroacetic acid.
To convert N-formylkynurenine into kynurenine, the reaction mixture was incubated at 65 °C for 30 min. Then 150 μΐ^ of the reaction mixture was mixed with 120 μΐ^ of 2.5% (w/v) 4-(dimethylamino)-benzaldehyde in acetic acid and incubated for 5 min at room temperature. Kynurenine concentrations were determined by measuring the absorbance at 480 nm. A standard curve was made with pure kynurenine. The TDO activity was measured as described above using ten serial concentrations of the compounds of the present invention. Data were fitted using the Prism software (GraphPad Software, Inc.).
The biological activity of representative Compounds is summarized in the following table (*: 10 μΜ < IC50 < 100 μΜ; **: 1 μΜ < IC50 < 10 μΜ; ***: IC50 < 1 μΜ):
Compound ic50
number
2 ***
3 **
4 **
5 **
6 ***
7 ***
8 ** 9 **
13 **
14 **
15 **
16 **
17 *
18 **
19 **
20 **
21 **
22 **
23 **
24 ***
25 **
26 ***
27 **
28 *
29 **
30 **
31 **
32 **
33 *
35 **
36 **
37 **
38 **
39 **
40 **
41 *
42 **
43 ***
44 **
45 **
46 ***
47 ***
48 ***
49 **
50 *
51 **
52 ***
53 ***
54 **
55 *
56 ***
57 **
58 **
59 **
60 **
61 ** 62 **
63 **
64 **
65 *
66 *
68 **
69 **
70 ***
71 ***
72 *
73 ***
74 **
75 **
77 *
78 **
79 **
80 *
81 **
82 **
83 **
84 **
85 **
86 **
87 **
88 **
89 **
90 **
91 **
92 **
94 *
95 **
96 **
97 **
98 **
99 **
102 **
103 *
104 **
105 **
106 **
107 **
108 *
109 **
110 **
111 ***
112 ***
113 *** Π.2. Cellular Assays for TDQ2 Activity determination
11.2. a hTD02-overexpressing P815 cells
The compounds of the present invention inhibit the activity of human TD02 in cells.
The assay was performed in 96- well flat bottom plates seeded with murine mastocytoma P815 cells overexpressing hTD02 (prepared as described in Pilotte et al., PNAS, 2012, 109(7), 2497-2502), at a concentration of 5 x 104 cells/well in a final volume of 200 μΐ^. To determine TDO or IDO activity, the cells were incubated overnight at 37 °C at 5% C02 in IMDM (Invitrogen) supplemented with 2% FBS and 2% penicillin/streptomycin in the presence of the compounds of the present invention, at different concentrations.
The plates were then centrifuged 5 min at 1000 rpm, and 100 μΐ^ of the supernatant were collected in a conical plate, 30 uL of TCA 30% were added and a further centrifugated at 3000 x g for 10 minutes. 100 μΐ^ of the supernatant were collected in a flat bottomed plate and 100 μΐ^ of 2% (w/v) 4-(dimethylamino)-benzaldehyde in acetic acid and incubated for 5 min at room temperature. Kynurenine concentrations were determined by measuring the absorbance at 480 nm. A standard curve was made with pure kynurenine. The TDO activity was measured as described above using ten serial concentrations of the compounds of the present invention. Data were fitted using the Prism software (GraphPad Software, Inc.). The biological activity of representative Compounds is summarized in the following table (*: 10 μΜ < IC50 < 100 μΜ; **: 1 μΜ < IC50 < 10 μΜ; ***: IC50 < 1 μΜ):
Compound
number ic50
2 ***
6 ***
7 ***
19 ***
20 **
22 **
24 **
25 *** 26 ***
27 ***
29 ***
31 ***
35 ***
36 ***
37 ***
38 **
39 **
40 **
43 ***
44 ***
46 ***
47 **
48 ***
51 ***
52 ***
53 ***
54 **
58 **
59 **
60 **
61 ***
62 **
67 **
68 ***
69 **
70 ***
71 ***
73 ***
74 ***
75 ***
77 **
78 ***
85 **
89 ***
91 ***
103 **
104 ***
105 ***
106 ***
107 ***
109 ***
110 **
111 ***
112 ***
113 *** 11.2. b A172 cells
The compounds of the present invention inhibit the activity of human TD02 in cells that constitutively express TD02, such as A 172 cells.
The assay was performed in 96-well flat bottom plates seeded with murine mastocytoma A172 cells, naturally expressing hTD02 (prepared as described in Tilman et al., Mol Cancer, 2007, 17(6), 80), at a concentration of 1.25 x 104 cells/well in a final volume of 200 |jL. To determine TDO, the cells were incubated overnight at 37 °C at 5% C02 in IMDM (Invitrogen) supplemented with 2% FBS and 2% penicillin/streptomycin in the presence of the compounds of the present invention, at different concentrations.
The plates were then centrifuged 5 min at 1000 rpm, and 100 |jL of the supernatant were collected in a conical plate, 30 uL of TCA 30% were added and a further centrifugated at 3000 x g for 10 minutes. 100 |jL of the supernatant were collected in a flat bottomed plate and 100 μΐ^ of 2% (w/v) 4-(dimethylamino)-benzaldehyde in acetic acid and incubated for 5 min at room temperature. Kynurenine concentrations were determined by measuring the absorbance at 480 nm. A standard curve was made with pure kynurenine. The TDO activity was measured as described above using ten serial concentrations of the compounds of the present invention. Data were fitted using the Prism software (GraphPad Software, Inc.). Compounds 43, 85 and 106 had an IC50 < 1 μΜ in this assay.
11.3. Pharmacodynamic assay for TDQ2 in vivo activity determination: increase of blood tryptophan levels in mice
The compounds of the present invention increase the amount of Tryptophan in mouse blood. Briefly, mice were treated with either a suspension of one of the compounds of the present invention in 0.5% HPMC K4M / 0.25% Tween 20 at different doses (30, 60 and lOOmg/kg), or with a vehicle control (0.5% HPMC K4M / 0.25% Tween 20), by the oral route by gavage (dosing volume 5 mL/kg, 10 mice per group). After two hours, blood was harvested, plasma was prepared and the amount of Tryptophan present was determined by LC-MS-MS (HPLC column Unison UK-Phenyl, 75 x 4.6, 3 μιη, flow rate 0.8 mL/min, 8 minutes gradient from 95% water + 0.1% formic acid / 5% Acetonitrile + 0.1% formic acid to 5% water + 0.1% formic acid / 95% Acetonitrile + 0.1% formic acid, retention time 2.4 min; API4000 MS-MS system from AB Sciex, ESI+ mode, parent ion 205.1, daughter ion 146.1).
Compound 89 increased circulating Tryptophan by 26% at 30 mg/kg (p<0.05), by 43% at 30 mg/kg (p<0.001) and by 43% at 100 mg/kg (p<0.001) as evidenced in the table below and in Figure 1.
Vehicle 30 mg/kg 60 mg/kg 100 mg/kg
Tryptophan
concentration in plasma 19892+759 25126+1062 28452+871 28374+2385 (average + standard ng/mL ng/mL ng/mL ng/mL error of the mean)

Claims

1. A compound of Formula I:
a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt or solvate thereof wherein:
X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H, halogen or haloalkyl, preferably H, F or CF3, more preferably H or F;
M and Q represent each independently H, halogen, hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising halogen, hydroxyl, CONi^R2, Ni^COR2 wherein R1 and R2 represent each independently a group, optionally substituted, selected from C1-C6 alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl; preferably M and Q represent each independently H, methyl or CF3, more preferably H or methyl;
A represents:
a hydrogen atom;
aryl, optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, amido, carboxy, amino, cyano, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, alkyl;
heteroaryl, optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, amido, carboxy, amino, cyano, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, alkyl; preferably substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl or pyridazine, more preferably substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl;
CI -CIO alkyl, linear or branched, optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group comprising halogen, hydroxyl, COOR1, CONR^2, NR^OR2, NRXR2, SO2R1, SOzNR^2,
NR 1 S02R2 , SOR 1 , wherein R 1 and R2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group, optionally substituted, selected from Cl- C6 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, amino;
heterocyclyl, preferably selected from azetidine, piperidine, morpholine, piperazine, tetrahydrofurane, tetrahydropyrane, tetrahydro-thiopyran-dioxide, dioxane, imidazolidinone, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidinone; optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group comprising alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, alkoxy, COOR1, COR1,
NR 1 S02R2 , SOR 1 , wherein R 1 and R2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S02Me;
C1-C3 alkyl-heterocyclyl, preferably selected from azetidine, piperidine, morpholine, piperazine, tetrahydrofurane, tetrahydropyrane, tetrahydro-thiopyran-dioxide, dioxane, imidazolidinone, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidinone; wherein both the C1-C3 alkyl and the heterocyclyl are optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group comprising alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, alkoxy, COOR1, COR1,
SO^R^2, NR^O^2, SOR1, wherein R1 and R2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group, optionally substituted, selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S02Me;
cycloalkyl, preferably cyclobutane or cyclohexyl, optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group comprising alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, alkoxy, COOR1, COR1, CONR^2, NR^OR2, NRXR2, SO2R1, SOzNR^2, NR^R2, SOR1, wherein R 1 and R 2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S02Me;
C1-C3 alkyl-cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from the group comprising alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, alkoxy, COOR1, COR1,
S02NR1R2, NR1S02R2, SOR1, wherein R1 and R2 represent each independently a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S02Me
under the condition that the compound of Formula I is not:
2-(4-(lH-indol-3-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethanamine
3-( 1 - (tert-butyl)- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)- 1 H-indole
3-( 1 -ethyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- 1 H-indole
3-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
3-(l-(4-fluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
3-( 1 -(4-chlorophenyl)- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)- 1 H-indole
3-(l-(4-bromophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
3-(l-(4-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
3-(l-(p-tolyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
3- ( 1 -phenyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole
3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
4- (lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-ol. The compound according to claim 1, having Formula la:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt or solvates thereof, wherein:
1 2
X and X represent each independently H, halogen or haloalkyl, preferably H, F or CF3, more preferably H or F;
M and Q represent each independently H, halogen, hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising halogen, hydroxyl, CONi^R2, Ni^COR2 wherein R1 and R2 represent each independently a group, optionally substituted, selected from C1-C6 alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl; preferably M and Q represent each independently H, methyl or CF3, more preferably H or methyl;
n represents an integer equal to 0, 1, 2 or 3;
mi and m2 represent each independently an integer equal to 1 or 2;
1 2 7 7 Y and Y represent each independently CR , N, O, S02, wherein R represents H or hydroxyl;
R represents H, alkyl;
4 4' 5 5'
R , R , R and R represent each independently H, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxy,
4 4' 5 5' haloalkyl or R and R form together an oxo moiety or R and R form together an oxo moiety;
R6 is absent or represents H, alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, COR1, COOR1, CONR^2, NR^OR2, NR R2, SC-2R1 , SC^NR^2, NR^C^R2, SOR1, wherein R1 and R represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group selected from
C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S02Me.
3. The compound according to claim 1 or claim 2, having Formula la- 1 :
a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt or solvate thereof, wherein:
X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H or F;
M and Q represent each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halogen;
Y represents N or CH;
4 4' 5 5'
R , R , R and R represent each independently H, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl or 4 4' 5 5'
R and R form together an oxo moiety or R and R form together an oxo moiety, preferably 4 4' 5 5'
R , R , R and R represent H or oxo; R6 represents H, alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, COOR1, COR1, CONR^2, NR^OR2, NR R2, SOR1, wherein R1 and R2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S02Me; preferably R6 represents H, COOH, COMe, CONH2, CONHMe.
4. The compound according to claim 1 or claim 2, having Formula Ia-2:
a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt or solvate thereof, wherein:
X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H or F;
M and Q represent each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted one or more alogen;
Y represents N or CH; preferably Y is N;
R4, R4', R4", R4'", R5, R5 , R5" and R5'" represent each independently H, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl or R and R form together an oxo
4" 4'" 5 5* moiety or R and R form together an oxo moiety or R and R form together an oxo moiety or R and R form together an oxo moiety, preferably R4, R4', R4", R4'", R5, R5 , R5" and R5"'represent H or oxo;
R6 represents
- H;
alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; preferably methyl or -CH2-CH2-OH;
cycloalkyl;
halogen;
hydroxyl;
oxo;
COR1, SO2R1, wherein R1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et, iPr, tBu; cycloalkyl, preferably cyclopropane; alkene, preferably ethylene; amino, preferably NMe2; wherein R1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, preferably F; hydroxyl; alkoxy, preferably OMe; COOH; amino, preferably NMe2 or NH2; S02Me; COOR1, wherein R1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et, iPr, tBu; cycloalkyl; alkene; amino; wherein R1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen; hydroxyl; alkoxy; COOH; amino; S02Me.
5. The compound according to claim 1 or claim 2 or claim 4, having Formula Ia-2':
and pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, salts and solvates thereof, wherein:
X 1 and X2 represent each independently H or F; preferably X 1 represents F and X represents H;
Y represents N or CH; preferably Y is N;
R6 represents
- H;
alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH; preferably methyl or -CH2-CH2-OH;
cycloalkyl;
halogen;
hydroxyl;
oxo;
- COR1, wherein R1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably Me, Et, nPr, iPr, iBu, tBu; cycloalkyl, preferably cyclopropane; alkene, preferably ethylene; amino, preferably NH2, NHMe or NMe2; wherein R1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, preferably F; hydroxyl; alkoxy, preferably OMe; COOH; amino, preferably NMe2 or NH2; S02Me.
6. The compound according to claim 1 or claim 2, having Formula Ia-3:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt and solvate thereof, wherein:
X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H or F;
M and Q represent each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted one or more halogen;
Y represents N or CH; preferably Y is N;
R6 represents
- H;
alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl or COOH;
cycloalkyl, preferably cyclopropane;
COR1, SO2R1, wherein R1 represents a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, preferably methyl or ethyl; cycloalkyl; alkene; amino; wherein R1 groups are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen,; hydroxyl; alkoxy; COOH; amino; S02Me.
The compound according to claim 1, having Formula lb:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt or solvate thereof, wherein:
X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H, halogen or haloalkyl, preferably
H, F or CF3, more preferably H or F; M and Q represent each independently H, halogen, hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising halogen, hydroxyl, CONi^R2, NR COR2 wherein R1 and R2 represent each independently a group, optionally substituted, selected from C1-C6 alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl; preferably M and Q represent each independently H, methyl or CF3, more preferably H or methyl;
n represents an integer equal to 1, 2 or 3, preferably 1 or 2;
R represents H, alkyl;
R represents H, alkyl, the alkyl group being optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, COOH, CONH2; cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, COR1, COOR1, CONR^2, NR^OR2, NR R2, SO2R1, SC^NR^2, NR^ChR2, SOR1, wherein R1 and R2 represent each independently a hydrogen atom or a group selected from C1-C6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkene, aryl, heteroaryl and amino, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, COOH, amino, S02Me.
8. The compound according to claim 1, having Formula Ic:
or pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt or solvate thereof, wherein:
X 1 and X 2 represent each independently H, halogen or haloalkyl, preferably H, F or CF3, more preferably H or F;
M and Q represent each independently H, halogen, hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted one or more substituents selected from the group comprising halogen, hydroxyl, CONR , NR COR2 wherein R1 and R2 represent each independently a group, optionally substituted, selected from C1-C6 alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl; preferably M and Q represent each independently H, methyl or CF3, more preferably H or methyl;
Y3, Y4, Y5 represent each independently N or CH;
R9 is absent or represents H; halogen, preferably CI; amino, preferably NH2.
9. The compound according to claim 1, selected from the group consisting of:
3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)azetidin-2-one
3-(l-(azetidin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH-indole l-(3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)azetidin-l-yl)ethanone
3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)azetidine-l-carboxamide
3-(4-(6-fluoro- lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol- l-yl)-N-methylazetidine- 1- carboxamide
3-(l-(azetidin-3-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH-indole
3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanamide
3-(4-(5,6-difluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanamide
3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanamide
3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-3-methyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanamide
3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanamide
3-(4-(lH-indol-3-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanamide
N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)propanamide
3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N-methylpropanamide 3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N,N-dimethylpropanamide 3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanoic acid 3- (4-(5,6-difluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)propanoic acid l-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)imidazolidin-2-one 6-fluoro-3-(l-(2-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
4- (2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)morpholine N-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)acetamide l-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)urea
1- (2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)-3-methylurea
2- (4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N-methylethanamine N-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide
2- (4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethanol
6-fluoro-3-(l-(2-(piperazin-l-yl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole l-(4-(2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)piperazin-l- yl)ethanone
6-fluoro-3-(l-(2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
1- (2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)ethyl)pyrrolidin-2-one 6-fluoro-3-(l-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole 5,6-difluoro-3-(l-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
3 - (3, 5 -dimethyl- l-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro- 1H- indole
3-(l-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole f-J-3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2-methylpropanamide ( + )-3-(4-(6-fluoro- lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrazol- l-yl)-2-methylpropanamide 3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-2-hydroxypropanamide
2- (4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)acetamide 2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N-methylacetamide
2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N,N-dimethylacetamide
2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)acetic acid methyl 2-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)acetate
6-fluoro-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
5,6-difluoro-3-(l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
6-fluoro-3-(l-((l-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole
6-fluoro-3-(l-((l-(2-fluoroethyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole
2-(4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidin-l- yl)ethanol
1,1,1 - trifluoro-3-(4-((4-(6-fluoro- lH-indol-3-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol- 1 - yl)methyl)piperidin- 1 -yl)propan-2-ol
2- (4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)acetic acid
4-(4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidin-l-yl)-4- oxobutanoic acid
l-(4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)piperidin-l- yl)ethanone
3- (l-((l-cyclopropylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH- indole
6-fluoro-3-(l-((l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
6-fluoro-3-(l-((l-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH- indole
3-(3,5-dimethyl-l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH-indole 6-fluoro-3-(3-methyl-l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole 6-fluoro-3-(5-methyl-l-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
6-fluoro-3-(l-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- ol
4-((4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)methyl)tetrahydro-2H- thiopyran 1,1 -dioxide
(lS,3S)-3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclobutanecarboxamide
(lR,3R)-3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclobutanecarboxamide
(lS,3S)-3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylcyclobutanecarboxamide
(lR,3R)-3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylcyclobutanecarboxamide
(lS,3S)-3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid
(lR,3R)-3-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid
(lR,4R)-4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclohexanecarboxamide
(lR,4R)-4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)cyclohexanol
(lR,4R)-4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)cyclohexanol
6-fluoro-3- ( 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)- 1 H-indole
5,6-difluoro-3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
3-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-indole
6-fluoro-3- ( 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)- 1 H-indole
3-(l,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH-indole 3-(l,3-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH-indole 6-fluoro-3-(l,3,5-trimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
3- (l-methyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole 6-fluoro-3-(l-(piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole 2-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)ethanol
4- (4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-4- oxobutanoic acid
l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-3- methoxypropan- 1 - one
1- (4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)propan-l-one
2- (dimethylamino)-l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin- l-yl)ethanone
l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-2- hydroxyethanone
l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-2- methoxyethanone
l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-2- methylpropan- 1 -one
l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-p razol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-2,2- dimethylpropan- 1 -one
cyclopropyl(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)methanone
l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)ethanone
4-(4-(6-fluoro- lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol- l-yl)-N,N-dimethylpiperidine- 1- carboxamide
6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- 1H- indole l-(4-(4-(lH-indol-3-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)- lH-pyrazol- l-yl)piperidin- 1- yl)ethanone
l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-3-methyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)ethanone
l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)ethanone
6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-((2-methoxyethyl)sulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)- lH-indole
3-(l-(l-(cyclopropylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH- indole
3- (l-(l-(ethylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH-indole 6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-(isopropylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
4- (4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-2-one
4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-l-methylpiperidin-2-one l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l- one
l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-4- (methylsulfonyl)butan- 1 -one
l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-3- hydroxypropan- 1 -one
l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-3- (methylsulfonyl)propan- 1 -one
6-fluoro-3-(l-(l-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
6-fluoro-3-(l-(pyridazin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
3-(l-(6-chloropyridazin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-lH-indole
6-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)pyridazin-3-amine
6-fluoro-3-(l-(pyridazin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole 6-fluoro-3-(l-(pyridin-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
6-fluoro-3-(l-(pyridin-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
6-fluoro-3-(l-(pyridin-4-yl)-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-lH-indole
(lR,4R)-4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N,N- dimethylcyclohexanecarboxamide
(lS,4S)-4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l- yl)cyclohexanecarboxamide
(lS,4S)-4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylcyclohexanecarboxamide
(lS,4S)-4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N,N- dimethylcyclohexanecarboxamide
(lR,4R)-4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N- methylcyclohexanecarboxamide
4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidine-l-carboxamide methyl 4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidine-l-carboxylate
2- amino-l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)ethanone
(S)-2-amino-l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-
3- methylbutan- 1 -one
3-amino-l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)propan-l-one
(R)-2-amino-l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-
3- methylbutan- 1 -one
4- (4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)-N-methylpiperidine-l- carboxamide
(S)-2-amino-l-(4-(4-(6-fluoro-lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)propan-l-one
or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt or solvate thereof.
10. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to anyone of claims 1 to 9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt or solvate thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient and/or adjuvant. 11. Medicament comprising a compound according to anyone of claims 1 to 9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt or solvate thereof.
12. A compound according to anyone of claims 1 to 9 or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt or solvate thereof for use in the treatment and/or prevention of cancer, neurodegenerative disorders such as Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease and Huntington's disease, chronic viral infections such as
HCV and HIV, depression, and obesity.
13. A compound according to anyone of claims 1 to 9 or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt or solvate thereof for use as TD02 inhibitor.
14. Process for manufacturing a compound according to anyone of claims 1 to 9 or a pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomer, salt or solvate thereof, characterized in that it comprises the following steps:
(a3) reacting a compound of Formula II
wherein
X 1A and X 2" are defined as above;
Z represents H or an amino-protecting group such as for example an arylsulphonyl, a tert-butoxy carbonyl, a methoxymethyl, a para-methoxy benzyl, a benzyl or any other suitable protecting group known by those skilled in the art;
Z represents an halogen (preferably iodine, bromine or chlorine), an alkylsulfonyloxy having 1-6 carbon atoms (preferably methylsulfonyloxy or trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy) or arylsulfonyloxy having 6-10 carbon atoms (preferably phenyl- or p-tolylsulfonyloxy); with a compound of Formula III
wherein
M, Q and A are defined as above;
Z3 and Z4 represent alkyl groups, with the possibility for Z3and Z4to form together a ring; so as to obtain a compound of Formula IV
wherein X 1 , X2 , M, Q, A and Z 1 are defined as above; and
(b) in the case wherein Z1 is not H, deprotecting the indole amine of compound of Formula IV, to afford compound of Formula I.
EP14796082.7A 2013-11-08 2014-11-07 4-(indol-3-yl)-pyrazole derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use Withdrawn EP3066090A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP14796082.7A EP3066090A1 (en) 2013-11-08 2014-11-07 4-(indol-3-yl)-pyrazole derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP13192224 2013-11-08
US14/076,016 US9126984B2 (en) 2013-11-08 2013-11-08 4-(indol-3-yl)-pyrazole derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use
BE201400845 2014-11-03
PCT/EP2014/074099 WO2015067782A1 (en) 2013-11-08 2014-11-07 4-(indol-3-yl)-pyrazole derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use
EP14796082.7A EP3066090A1 (en) 2013-11-08 2014-11-07 4-(indol-3-yl)-pyrazole derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP3066090A1 true EP3066090A1 (en) 2016-09-14

Family

ID=53040940

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP14796082.7A Withdrawn EP3066090A1 (en) 2013-11-08 2014-11-07 4-(indol-3-yl)-pyrazole derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use

Country Status (4)

Country Link
EP (1) EP3066090A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2016535097A (en)
CA (1) CA2929650C (en)
WO (1) WO2015067782A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI695831B (en) 2014-09-13 2020-06-11 香港商南北兄弟藥業投資有限公司 Compounds as crth2 antagonist and uses thereof
TN2018000352A1 (en) * 2016-04-29 2020-06-15 Bayer Pharma AG Polymorphic form of n-{6-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)-2-[2-(methylsulphonyl)ethyl]-2h-indazol-5-yl}-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-2-carboxamide.
EP3269714A1 (en) 2016-07-13 2018-01-17 Netherlands Translational Research Center B.V. Inhibitors of tryptophan 2,3-dioxygenase
US10882856B2 (en) 2016-09-24 2021-01-05 Beigene, Ltd. 5 or 8-substituted imidazo [1,5-a] pyridines as selective inhibitors of indoleamine and/or tryptophane 2,3-dioxygenases
US20230391786A1 (en) * 2022-06-02 2023-12-07 Eli Lilly And Company cGAS INHIBITORS

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2862647B1 (en) * 2003-11-25 2008-07-04 Aventis Pharma Sa PYRAZOLYL DERIVATIVES, PREPARATION METHOD AND INTERMEDIATES THEREOF AS MEDICAMENTS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING THE SAME
GB0516156D0 (en) * 2005-08-05 2005-09-14 Eisai London Res Lab Ltd JNK inhibitors
US20110159017A1 (en) * 2008-04-11 2011-06-30 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Ltd. Trytophan catabolism in cancer treatment and diagnosis
US8158625B2 (en) 2009-05-27 2012-04-17 Genentech, Inc. Bicyclic indole-pyrimidine PI3K inhibitor compounds selective for P110 delta, and methods of use
WO2011045224A1 (en) 2009-10-12 2011-04-21 Bayer Cropscience Ag 1- (pyrid-3-yl) -pyrazole and 1- (pyrimid-5-yl) -pyrazole as pesticide
AU2011270807A1 (en) * 2010-06-23 2013-01-31 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrrolo- pyrazine derivatives useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2015067782A1 (en) 2015-05-14
CA2929650C (en) 2017-08-22
JP2016535097A (en) 2016-11-10
CA2929650A1 (en) 2015-05-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9126984B2 (en) 4-(indol-3-yl)-pyrazole derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use
US20160263087A1 (en) Novel 4-(indol-3-yl)-pyrazole derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use
AU2016231832B2 (en) Novel 3-indol substituted derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use
US9758505B2 (en) 3-(indol-3-yl)-pyridine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use
US10544095B2 (en) 3-indol substituted derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use
WO2015140717A9 (en) Novel 3-indol substituted derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use
AU2016217851A1 (en) 1-(het)arylsulfonyl-(pyrrolidine or piperidine)-2-carboxamide derivatives and their use as TRPA1 antagonists
CA2929650C (en) 4-(indol-3-yl)-pyrazole derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use
US20150266857A1 (en) Novel 3-indol substituted derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use
CN117177974A (en) Imidazole-containing condensed ring derivative, preparation method and medical application thereof
KR20240006494A (en) Quinoxaline derivatives and their uses
KR20220090553A (en) SSAO inhibitors and uses thereof
BE1021253B1 (en) NOVEL 3-INDOL SUBSTITUTED DERIVATIVES, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS AND METHOD OF USE
WO2021202775A1 (en) N-(heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl)-3-benzylpyridin-2-amine derivatives as sstr4 agonists
BE1021252B1 (en) NOVEL 3- (INDOL-3-YL) -PYRIDINE DERIVATIVES, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20160608

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Extension state: BA ME

DAX Request for extension of the european patent (deleted)
STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN

18D Application deemed to be withdrawn

Effective date: 20180602